WO2012128343A1 - Agent for improving efficiency of generating induced pluripotent stem cells and efficient method for generating induced pluripotent stem cells by using same - Google Patents

Agent for improving efficiency of generating induced pluripotent stem cells and efficient method for generating induced pluripotent stem cells by using same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012128343A1
WO2012128343A1 PCT/JP2012/057455 JP2012057455W WO2012128343A1 WO 2012128343 A1 WO2012128343 A1 WO 2012128343A1 JP 2012057455 W JP2012057455 W JP 2012057455W WO 2012128343 A1 WO2012128343 A1 WO 2012128343A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
optionally substituted
formula
substituted
represented
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2012/057455
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
直樹 宮田
孝禎 鈴木
誠人 中川
Original Assignee
公立大学法人名古屋市立大学
国立大学法人京都大学
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 公立大学法人名古屋市立大学, 国立大学法人京都大学 filed Critical 公立大学法人名古屋市立大学
Publication of WO2012128343A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012128343A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0696Artificially induced pluripotent stem cells, e.g. iPS
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/999Small molecules not provided for elsewhere

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for improving the establishment efficiency of induced pluripotent stem cells (hereinafter referred to as iPS cells) and a drug therefor. More specifically, the present invention relates to an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving agent containing a phenylcyclopropylamine derivative or a phenylalkylhydrazine compound, and an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving method using the same.
  • iPS cells induced pluripotent stem cells
  • Non-Patent Literature 1-5 iPS cells derived from somatic cells without embryo destruction in mice and humans have been established one after another (Patent Literature 1, Non-Patent Literature 1-5), and serve as a transplant cell source in place of embryonic stem cells (ES cells). I have high expectations. Safer iPS cells without foreign gene integration have also been developed using protein transfer or adenoviruses or plasmids (Non-patent Documents 6-10), and application to regenerative medicine has become practical. However, with the method that does not use retroviruses or lentiviruses, the efficiency of iPS cell establishment is still low.
  • BIX01294 which is a transferase inhibitor, RG108 and 5aza-C which are DNA methyltransferase inhibitors, BayK which is an L-type calcium channel agonist, PD0325901 which is a MEK inhibitor, CHIR99021 which is a GSK3 ⁇ inhibitor or a TGF ⁇ receptor inhibitor SB431542 was used to improve iPS cell establishment efficiency (Patent Document 2), CHIR99021 is a lysine-specific demethylase 1 (LSD1) inhibitor, tranylcypromine (trans-2-pheny Reported PCPA) was able to establish iPS cells from human keratinocytes only two factors combine the Oct3 / 4 and Klf4 a (non-patent document 11); cyclopropylamine.
  • LSD1 lysine-specific demethylase 1
  • tranylcypromine trans-2-pheny Reported PCPA
  • Patent Document 3 describes that when fibroblasts are cultured in the presence of a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor valproic acid (VPA) or PCPA, the expression level of Oct3 / 4 increases. Has been.
  • HDAC histone deacetylase
  • VPA valproic acid
  • LSD1 is an enzyme that catalyzes the demethylation of monomethylated and dimethylated forms (H3K4me1 / 2) of the fourth lysine residue of histone H3 by flavin adenine dinucleotide (FAD) -dependent oxidation reaction, It is known that it is overexpressed in prostate cancer and interacts with the androgen receptor. When LSD1 is knocked down, the growth of cancer cells is suppressed.
  • LSD1 inhibitory activity is significantly higher than that of MAO-A and MAO-B, is an LSD1-selective inhibitor and has a cancer cell growth inhibitory effect, and is useful as an anticancer agent (Patent Literature 4, Non-Patent Literature 14).
  • R 1 represents any one of hydrogen, an alkyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a phenyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, and a heterocyclic group to which a substituent may be bonded
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group which may have a branch and may have a substituent bonded thereto
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a phenyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a heterocyclic group to which a substituent may be bonded, and a benzyl to which a substituent may be bonded.
  • R 4 represents an alkyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a phenyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a heterocyclic group to which a substituent may be bonded, or an alkyl to which a substituent may be bonded.
  • X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 .
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a means for improving the establishment efficiency of iPS cells using a low molecular weight compound, and to provide an efficient method for producing iPS cells using the same.
  • the present inventors introduced four genes of Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, and L-Myc into adult skin-derived fibroblasts, and then expressed the cells in the above formula.
  • a phenylalkylhydrazine compound such as the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative represented by (1) or (2) or the MAO inhibitor phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine) which is an antidepressant.
  • the inventors have found that iPS cell establishment efficiency can be remarkably improved, and have completed the present invention.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4
  • R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted
  • R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted
  • X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 .
  • R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group
  • R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group
  • C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group
  • Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group.
  • a method for improving iPS cell establishment efficiency which comprises contacting a somatic cell with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula: and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and prodrug thereof.
  • a compound represented by the formula (I) has the formula
  • NCL-1 represented by the formula
  • NCL-2 represented by the formula
  • NCL-3 represented by
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4
  • R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted
  • R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted
  • X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 .
  • R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group
  • R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group
  • C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group
  • Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group.
  • an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving agent comprising at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and prodrug thereof.
  • NCL-1 represented by the formula
  • NCL-2 represented by the formula
  • NCL-3 represented by
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4
  • R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted
  • R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted
  • X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 .
  • R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group
  • R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group
  • C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group
  • Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group.
  • NCL-1 represented by the formula
  • NCL-2 represented by the formula
  • NCL-3 represented by
  • the method according to [7] above which is NCL-4 represented by the formula: [9]
  • the method according to [7] above, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
  • the nuclear reprogramming substance is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them.
  • [11] The method according to any one of [7] to [9] above, wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4 and Sox2, or a nucleic acid encoding them.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4
  • R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted
  • R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted
  • X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 .
  • R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group
  • R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group
  • C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group
  • Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group.
  • IPS from a somatic cell comprising one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, and a nuclear reprogramming substance.
  • Cell inducer [14] The compound represented by the formula (I) is represented by the formula:
  • NCL-1 represented by the formula
  • NCL-2 represented by the formula
  • NCL-3 represented by
  • the nuclear reprogramming substance is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them.
  • the agent according to any one of [13] to [15] above, wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4 and Sox2, or a nucleic acid encoding them.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4
  • R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted
  • R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted
  • X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 .
  • R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group
  • R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group
  • C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, C 2-4 alkynyl group, thienylmethyl group or pyridylmethyl group
  • Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group.
  • NCL-1 represented by the formula
  • NCL-2 represented by the formula
  • NCL-3 represented by
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4
  • R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted
  • R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted
  • X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 .
  • R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group
  • R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group
  • C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group
  • Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group.
  • NCL-1 represented by the formula
  • NCL-2 represented by the formula
  • NCL-3 represented by
  • the nuclear reprogramming substance is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them.
  • NCL-1 to 4 and phenelzine on the efficiency of iPS cell establishment from adult skin-derived fibroblasts (HDF) by introduction of 4 genes (Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, L-Myc) (d1-d5: gene 1 to 5 days after introduction; d4-d9: days 4 to 9 after gene introduction; d7-d14: days 7 to 14 after gene introduction).
  • the vertical axis represents the number of human iPS cell colonies.
  • DMSO indicates the case where only the solvent is added.
  • the present invention relates to a group consisting of LSD1 inhibitors represented by the above formulas (I) and (II) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs in the nuclear reprogramming step of somatic cells.
  • factors for establishing establishment efficiency of the present invention are selected compounds (hereinafter collectively referred to as factors for establishing establishment efficiency of the present invention) with the somatic cell.
  • factors for establishing establishment efficiency of the present invention are selected compounds (hereinafter collectively referred to as factors for establishing establishment efficiency of the present invention) with the somatic cell.
  • factors for establishing establishment efficiency of the present invention are selected compounds (hereinafter collectively referred to as factors for establishing establishment efficiency of the present invention) with the somatic cell.
  • nuclear reprogramming of somatic cells is performed by introducing a nuclear reprogramm
  • Somatic cell source Somatic cells that can be used as starting materials for preparing iPS cells in the present invention are germ cells derived from mammals (eg, humans, mice, monkeys, cows, pigs, rats, dogs, etc.). May be any cell other than, for example, keratinized epithelial cells (eg, keratinized epidermal cells), mucosal epithelial cells (eg, epithelial cells of the tongue surface layer), exocrine glandular epithelial cells (eg, mammary cells), Hormone-secreting cells (eg, adrenal medullary cells), cells for metabolism and storage (eg, hepatocytes), luminal epithelial cells that make up the interface (eg, type I alveolar cells), luminal epithelium of inner chain vessels Cells (eg, vascular endothelial cells), ciliated cells with transport ability (eg, airway epithelial cells), cells for extracellular matrix secretion (eg, fibroblasts),
  • undifferentiated progenitor cells including somatic stem cells
  • final differentiated mature cells It can be used as the source of somatic cells in the invention.
  • tissue stem cells such as neural stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, and dental pulp stem cells.
  • somatic cells there are no particular limitations on the mammalian individual from which somatic cells are collected, but when the resulting iPS cells are used for human regenerative medicine, the patient or the type of HLA is used from the viewpoint that rejection does not occur. It is particularly preferred to collect somatic cells from others who are identical or substantially identical.
  • the type of HLA is “substantially the same” means that when the cells obtained by inducing differentiation from iPS cells derived from the somatic cells are transplanted into a patient by using an immunosuppressant or the like, the transplanted cells are This means that the HLA types match to the extent that they can be engrafted.
  • the main HLA for example, 3 loci of HLA-A, HLA-B, and HLA-DR
  • HLA-DR 3 loci of HLA-A, HLA-B, and HLA-DR
  • iPS cells when not being administered (transplanted) to humans, for example, when iPS cells are used as a source of screening cells for evaluating the patient's drug sensitivity and the presence or absence of side effects, It is desirable to collect somatic cells from others who have the same genetic polymorphism that correlates with side effects.
  • Somatic cells isolated from mammals can be pre-cultured in a medium known per se suitable for culturing according to the type of cells prior to being subjected to the nuclear reprogramming step.
  • a medium known per se suitable for culturing according to the type of cells prior to being subjected to the nuclear reprogramming step.
  • Examples of such a medium include a minimum essential medium (MEM), Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM), RPMI1640 medium, 199 medium, and F12 medium containing about 5 to 20% fetal calf serum. It is not limited to.
  • the first establishment efficiency improvement factor of the present invention is a phenylcyclopropylamine derivative represented by formula (I) and having LSD1-selective inhibitory activity (hereinafter referred to as phenylcyclopropylamine).
  • Derivative (I)) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4
  • R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted
  • R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted
  • X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 .
  • alkyl (group) means linear or branched alkyl (group), for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl.
  • C 1-10 alkyl (group) such as pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, etc.
  • C 1-6 alkyl (group) is preferred.
  • alkoxy (group) means a linear or branched alkoxy (group), for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert- Butoxy, pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, neopentyloxy, tert-pentyloxy, hexyloxy, 2,2-dimethylbutoxy, 3,3-dimethylbutoxy, 2-ethylbutoxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, etc.
  • C 1-10 alkoxy (group) is preferable, and C 1-6 alkoxy (group) is particularly preferable.
  • alkylene (group) means a linear or branched alkylene (group), for example, methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, 1-methylethylene.
  • C 1 such as 1-methyltrimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 1,1-dimethylethylene, 1-ethylethylene, 1-methyltetramethylene, 2-ethyltrimethylene, heptamethylene, octamethylene, nonamethylene, decamethylene, etc.
  • alkylene (group) is mentioned, among them, C 1-6 alkylene (group) is preferable, and ethylene is more preferable.
  • aryl (group) means an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, C 6-12 aryl (group) such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, biphenyl and the like. Among them, C 6-10 aryl (group) is preferable, and phenyl is more preferable.
  • aryl moiety includes the same group as the above “aryl (group)”, and the alkyl moiety thereof is the same as the above “alkyl (group)”.
  • aralkyl (group) include, for example, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 1-phenylbutyl, 1-phenylpentyl, (1-naphthyl) methyl, C 6-10 aryl- such as (2-naphthyl) methyl, 1- (1-naphthyl) ethyl, 1- (2-naphthyl) ethyl, 2- (1-naphthyl) ethyl, 2- (2-naphthyl) ethyl, etc.
  • Examples thereof include C 1-6 alkyl (group), among which phenyl-C 1-3 al
  • examples of the “heterocyclic group include an aromatic heterocyclic group and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include 4 to 7 members (preferably 5 or 6 members) containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms in addition to carbon atoms as ring constituent atoms.
  • monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups and condensed aromatic heterocyclic groups examples of the condensed aromatic heterocyclic group include a ring corresponding to the 4- to 7-membered monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group and a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms.
  • aromatic heterocyclic group examples include, for example, Furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, 1,2,3- Monocyclic such as thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic group examples include 4 to 7 members (preferably 5 or 6 members) containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms and nitrogen atoms in addition to carbon atoms as ring constituent atoms.
  • Monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclic group and condensed non-aromatic heterocyclic group examples include a ring corresponding to the 4- to 7-membered monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclic group, and a 5- or 6-membered aromatic containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms.
  • 1 or 2 rings selected from a heterocyclic ring eg, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrimidine
  • a heterocyclic ring eg, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrimidine
  • a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring containing 1 sulfur atom eg, thiophene
  • benzene ring examples thereof include a group derived from a condensed ring and a group obtained by partial saturation of the group.
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic group examples include, for example, Monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclic groups such as azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiolanyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, etc .; , Dihydroquinolyl, isochromenyl, chromenyl (2H-chromenyl, 4H-chromenyl), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo Condensed non-aromatic heterocyclic groups such as furanyl, benzo [1,3] dioxo
  • halogen atom means a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • acyl (group) means a carbonyl group to which a formyl group; or an “alkyl group (as defined above)” or “alkoxy group (as defined above)” is bonded.
  • Preferred examples of “acyl (group)” include formyl; C 1-6 alkyl-carbonyl group such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl; formyloxy; C 1-6 alkoxy- such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, etc. A carbonyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • cycloalkyl (group) means a cyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, C 3 such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl and the like.
  • C 3 such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl and the like.
  • -10 cycloalkyl (group) can be mentioned, and C 3-6 cycloalkyl (group) is particularly preferable.
  • optionally substituted alkyl group “optionally substituted alkoxy group”, “optionally substituted mono- or di-alkylamino group” and “optionally substituted alkylene group”
  • the “substituent” is not particularly limited. (1) a halogen atom, (2) hydroxyl group, (3) an alkoxy group, (4) aryloxy group, (5) Aralkyloxy group, (6) Heterocycle-oxy group, (7) an acyloxy group, (8) sulfanyl group, (9) an alkylsulfanyl group, (10) arylsulfanyl group, (11) Aralkylsulfanyl group, (12) heterocyclic-sulfanyl group, (13) an alkylsulfonyl group, (14) arylsulfonyl group, (15) Aralkylsulfonyl group, (16) Heterocycle-sulfonyl group, (17) mono- or di-alkylamino groups, (18) mono-
  • substituents are present at substitutable positions, and the number thereof is 1 to several, preferably 1 to 2, more preferably 1. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, they may be the same or different.
  • the above substituents may be further substituted with a substituent such as an alkyl group, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, or a guanidino group.
  • Optionally substituted aryl group “optionally substituted heterocyclic group”, “optionally substituted aryloxy group”, “optionally substituted mono- or di-arylamino group”
  • the “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aralkyl group” is not particularly limited. (1) groups exemplified as substituents such as the above-mentioned “optionally substituted alkyl group”, (2) alkyl groups (the alkyl groups are amino groups, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, guanidino groups, etc. (It may be substituted with a substituent.) Etc. These substituents are present at substitutable positions, and the number thereof is 1 to several, preferably 1 to 2, more preferably 1. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, they may be the same or different.
  • R 1 is Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom or the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 has the same meaning as described above), More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl group), More preferably, a hydrogen atom or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted phenyl (suitable substituents are a halogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group (substituted with a guanidino group) A C 6-10 aryl group, a non-aromatic heterocyclic-carbonyl group (preferably piperazinylcarbonyl), a C 1-6 alkyl-carbamoyl group (which may be substituted with an amino group) ) Particularly preferred is a hydrogen atom or the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is phenyl).
  • R 2 is preferably an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene group, more preferably an optionally substituted ethylene, and particularly preferably ethylene.
  • R 3 is Preferably, it is an aryl group which may be substituted, or an aralkyl group which may be substituted, More preferably, it is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-3 alkyl group, More preferably, it is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-3 alkyl group, Even more preferably, it is an optionally substituted benzyl (suitable substituents are a halogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group), Particularly preferred is benzyl.
  • X is preferably O.
  • formula (I) the amino-substituted cyclopropyl group is preferably bonded to the meta position or the para position with respect to the group X. That is, formula (I) is preferably
  • Suitable phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives (I) are: R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is as defined above), R 2 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene group, R 3 is an aryl group which may be substituted, or an aralkyl group which may be substituted; A compound in which X is O.
  • More preferred phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives (I) are: R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl group); R 2 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene group, R 3 is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-3 alkyl group; A compound in which X is O.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted phenyl); R 2 is ethylene which may be substituted, R 3 is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-3 alkyl group, A compound in which X is O.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted phenyl); R 2 is ethylene, R 3 is an optionally substituted benzyl, A compound in which X is O.
  • Particularly suitable phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives (I) are: R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is phenyl), R 2 is ethylene, R 3 is benzyl, A compound in which X is O.
  • NCL-1 represented by the formula
  • NCL-2 represented by the formula
  • NCL-4 more preferably NCL-1, NCL-3 and NCL-4, still more preferably NCL-1 and NCL-3, and particularly preferably NCL-3.
  • Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative (I) include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulfate, and nitrate, formate, and acetate. , Propionate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, lactate, malate, tartrate, citrate, ascorbate, malonate, oxalate, glycolate, phthalate And organic acid salts such as benzene sulfonate. These salts can also be used in combination. Hydrochloride is preferable.
  • the prodrug of the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative (I) is a compound that is hydrolyzed in vivo and converted to the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative (I).
  • the amino group is substituted with an alkanoyl group (acyl group).
  • Derivatives ie, amidated derivatives
  • hemiaminal ether derivatives derivatives substituted with alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl groups, N-oxide derivatives, and the like.
  • the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative (I) can be synthesized by the method described in WO 2010/143582 and a method analogous thereto. Specifically, it can be synthesized by the following production method.
  • each reaction condition in a scheme shows an example, and those skilled in the art can appropriately change and modify as desired. Unless otherwise specified, the definition of each symbol in the scheme is as defined above.
  • R 1 in the formula (I) is a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is as defined above), X is O, and R 2 is ethylene. The case of the group will be described as an example.
  • Production Method 1 (Production of Compound of Formula (I) —Meta Position) Step 1-1
  • Step 1-2 The compound (9), which is a precursor, is synthesized by the above process. Step 1-2
  • the compound (13), which is a precursor, is synthesized by the above process.
  • Step 1-3 Using the compound (9), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in Step 1-1, and the compound (13), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in Step 1-2, according to the synthesis route shown below, Mitsunobu reaction is performed. Perform the coupling reaction used.
  • the compound (21), which is a precursor, is synthesized by the above process.
  • Step 2-2 Using the compound (13), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in Step 1-2, and the compound (21), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in Step 2-1, according to the synthesis route shown below, Mitsunobu reaction is performed. Perform the coupling reaction used.
  • Step 3-2 Mitsunobu reaction was performed according to the synthesis route shown below using compound (9), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in step 1-1, and compound (24), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in step 3-1. Perform the coupling reaction used.
  • the second establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention is a phenylalkylhydrazine compound represented by the formula (II) (hereinafter also referred to as phenylalkylhydrazine compound (II)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. Or it is a prodrug.
  • R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group
  • R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group
  • C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group
  • Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group.
  • Examples of the C 1-4 alkyl group for the substituent R include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and the like. Among these, C 1-3 alkyl (group) is exemplified. preferable. Examples of the C 1-4 alkoxy group for the substituent R include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like, among which C 1-3 alkoxy (group) Is preferred.
  • Examples of the aryl group in the substituent R include C 6-12 aryl (group) such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, biphenyl, and the like, and among them, phenyl is preferable.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group in the substituent R include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 1-phenylbutyl, etc. Among them, phenyl-C 1-3 alkyl (group) is preferable. Benzyl is more preferable.
  • Examples of the phenylalkoxy group in the substituent R include phenylmethoxy, phenylethoxy, phenylpropoxy and the like.
  • Examples of the alkylenedioxy group in the substituent R include methylenedioxy and ethylenedioxy.
  • Examples of the halogen atom in the substituent R include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.
  • Examples of the C 1-3 alkyl group for the substituent R ′ include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl and the like.
  • Examples of the C 3-6 cycloalkyl group for the substituent R ′ include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group in the substituent R ′ include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl and the like, and among them, benzyl is preferable.
  • Examples of the C 1-6 alkyl group for the substituent R ′′ include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, 2, Examples include 2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl and the like, and among these, C 1-3 alkyl (group) is preferable.
  • Examples of the C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group in the substituent R ′′ include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, hydroxyhexyl and the like.
  • Examples of the C 2-4 alkenyl group for the substituent R ′′ include vinyl, allyl, 1- (2-propenyl), 1- (2-butenyl) and the like.
  • Examples of the aryl group which may be substituted in the substituent R ′′ include phenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, chlorophenyl, acetoxyphenyl and the like.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group which may be substituted in the substituent R ′′ include phenethyl, phenylpropyl, phenylisopropyl, p-chlorophenylpropyl and the like.
  • Examples of the C 3-6 cycloalkyl group for the substituent R ′′ include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.
  • Examples of the C 2-4 alkynyl group in the substituent R ′′ include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl and the like.
  • Examples of the linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group in the substituent Y include, for example, ethylene, 1-methylethylene, propylene, 2-methylmethylene, butylene, 1-methylpropylene, 2-methylpropylene, and 3-methylpropylene. , 3-methylbutylene and the like, and ethylene is preferable.
  • Particularly suitable phenylalkylhydrazine compounds (II) are: R, R ′ and R ′′ are hydrogen atoms; A compound represented by the following formula in which Y is ethylene, that is, phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
  • Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the phenylalkylhydrazine compound (II) include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulfate, nitrate, formate, acetate, Propionate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, lactate, malate, tartrate, citrate, ascorbate, malonate, oxalate, glycolate, phthalate, Examples include organic acid salts such as benzene sulfonate. These salts can also be used in combination. Hydrochloride is preferable.
  • the prodrug of the phenylalkyl hydrazine compound (II) refers to a compound that is hydrolyzed in vivo and converted to the phenylalkyl hydrazine compound (II).
  • a derivative in which an amino group is substituted with an alkanoyl group (acyl group) (Ie, amidated derivatives), hemiaminal ether derivatives, derivatives substituted with alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl groups, N-oxide derivatives and the like.
  • the phenylalkylhydrazine compound (II) can be synthesized by the method described in US Pat. No. 3,000,903 and a method analogous thereto.
  • the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention can be used in a concentration range that is sufficient for improving the establishment efficiency of iPS cells and does not show cytotoxicity.
  • 0.1 to 50 ⁇ M preferably Can be used at a concentration of 1 to 10 ⁇ M, in the case of phenelzine, 0.1 to 200 ⁇ M, preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ M.
  • the contact of the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention with somatic cells is achieved by dissolving the factor in a non-aqueous solvent such as DMSO at an appropriate concentration, and a medium suitable for culturing somatic cells isolated from humans or other mammals.
  • the contact period is not particularly limited as long as it is sufficient to achieve somatic cell nuclear reprogramming.
  • the contact period may be about 4 to about 14 days, preferably about 5 to 10 days.
  • the timing of contact with the somatic cells is not particularly limited, and the somatic cells may be contacted simultaneously with the nuclear reprogramming substance, or may be contacted about 1 to about 10 days after the contact with the nuclear reprogramming substance.
  • the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention can be contacted with a somatic cell about 5 to about 10 days after contact with the nuclear reprogramming substance, more preferably about 6 to about 8 days.
  • the “nuclear reprogramming substance” refers to an iPS cell derived from a somatic cell by introducing it into a somatic cell or by contacting the somatic cell together with the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention.
  • it is a substance (group) capable of inducing protein, it may be composed of any substance such as a protein factor or a nucleic acid encoding the same (including a form incorporated in a vector) or a low molecular weight compound.
  • the nuclear reprogramming substance is a protein factor or a nucleic acid encoding the same, the following combinations are preferably exemplified (in the following, only the name of the protein factor is described).
  • c-Myc can be replaced with T58A (active mutant) or L-Myc.) (3) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, Fbx15, Nanog, ERas, TclI (4) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, SV40 Large T antigen (SV40LT) (5) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV16 E6 (6) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV16 E7 (7) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV6 E6, HPV16 E7 (8) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, Bmil (Refer to WO 2007/069666 above (however, regarding the substitution of Sox2 to Sox18 and the substitution of Klf4 to Klf1 or Klf
  • Oct3 / 4 when Oct3 / 4 is included, other Oct family members such as Oct1A and Oct6 can be used instead of Oct3 / 4.
  • Sox2 when Sox2 is included, other Sox family members such as Sox7 can be used instead of Sox2 (or Sox1, Sox3, Sox15, Sox17, Sox18).
  • Sox7 when c-Myc or Lin28 is included as a nuclear reprogramming substance in the above (1)-(27), L-Myc or Lin28B can be used instead of c-Myc or Lin28, respectively.
  • a combination that does not fall under the above (1)-(27) but includes all of the components in any of them and further includes any other substance is also included in the category of “nuclear reprogramming substance” in the present invention. Can be included.
  • the condition that the somatic cells subject to nuclear reprogramming endogenously express some of the components in any of the above (1)-(27) at a sufficient level for nuclear reprogramming. In this case, a combination of only the remaining components excluding the component can also be included in the category of “nuclear reprogramming substance” in the present invention.
  • At least one selected from Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, c-Myc or L-Myc, Nanog, Lin28 or Lin28B and SV40LT, preferably two or more, more preferably three or more are examples of preferred nuclear reprogramming materials.
  • a combination of reprogramming factors not using c-Myc is preferable.
  • a combination of three factors Oct3 / 4, Sox2 and Klf4 (ie (9) above), a combination of four factors Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4 and L-Myc (ie (2) above), or A combination including a combination and not including c-Myc can be exemplified.
  • Mouse and human cDNA sequence information of each of the above protein factors can be obtained by referring to NCBI accession numbers described in WO 2007/069666 or WO 2010/098419 (Nanog is “ECAT4” in the publication)
  • the mouse and human cDNA sequence information of Lin28, Lin28B, Esrrb, Esrrg, L-Myc, Nr5a2, Nr5a1, and Tbx3 can be obtained by referring to the following NCBI accession numbers, respectively. ), Those skilled in the art can easily isolate these cDNAs.
  • the obtained cDNA is inserted into an appropriate expression vector, introduced into a host cell, and cultured from the resulting culture. Can be prepared by recovering.
  • the obtained cDNA is inserted into a viral vector, plasmid vector, episomal vector or the like to construct an expression vector, which is then used for the nuclear reprogramming step. Is done.
  • the nuclear reprogramming substance is introduced into a somatic cell using a known method for introducing protein into cells. be able to. Examples of such methods include a method using a protein introduction reagent, a method using a protein introduction domain (PTD) or a cell-penetrating peptide (CPP) fusion protein, and a microinjection method.
  • PTD protein introduction domain
  • CPP cell-penetrating peptide
  • Protein introduction reagents include cationic lipid-based BioPOTER Protein Delivery Reagent (Gene Therapy Systmes), Pro-Ject TM Protein Transfection Reagent (PIERCE) and ProVectin (IMGENEX), and lipid-based Profect-1 (Targeting Systems) ), Penetrain Peptide (Q biogene) and Chariot Kit (Active Motif) based on a membrane-permeable peptide, GenomONE (Ishihara Sangyo) using HVJ envelope (inactivated Sendai virus), and the like are commercially available.
  • the introduction can be carried out according to the protocol attached to these reagents, but the general procedure is as follows.
  • Dilute the nuclear reprogramming substance in an appropriate solvent for example, buffer solution such as PBS, HEPES, etc.
  • an appropriate solvent for example, buffer solution such as PBS, HEPES, etc.
  • CPP derived from PTD include polyarginine such as 11R (Cell Stem Cell, 4: 381-384 (2009)) and 9R (Cell Stem Cell, 4: 472-476 (2009)).
  • a fusion protein expression vector incorporating a nuclear reprogramming substance cDNA and a PTD or CPP sequence is prepared and recombinantly expressed, and the fusion protein is recovered and used for introduction. Introduction can be performed in the same manner as described above except that no protein introduction reagent is added.
  • Microinjection is a method in which a protein solution is put into a glass needle having a tip diameter of about 1 ⁇ m and puncture is introduced into a cell, and the protein can be reliably introduced into the cell.
  • the protein introduction operation can be performed any number of one or more times (for example, 1 to 10 times, or 1 to 5 times, etc.), and preferably the introduction operation is performed twice or more (for example, 3 or 4 times). ) Can be done repeatedly. Examples of the interval when the introduction operation is repeated include 6 hours to 7 days, preferably 12 to 48 hours or 7 days.
  • the nuclear reprogramming substance in the form of a nucleic acid that encodes it rather than as a protein factor itself.
  • the nucleic acid may be DNA or RNA, or may be a DNA / RNA chimera.
  • the nucleic acid may be double-stranded or single-stranded.
  • the nucleic acid is double stranded DNA, in particular cDNA.
  • the cDNA of the nuclear reprogramming substance is inserted into an appropriate expression vector containing a promoter that can function in a host somatic cell.
  • expression vectors include retroviruses, lentiviruses, adenoviruses, adeno-associated viruses, herpes viruses, Sendai virus and other viral vectors, animal cell expression plasmids (eg, pA1-11, pXT1, pRc / CMV, pRc / RSV). , PcDNAI / Neo) or the like.
  • the type of vector to be used can be appropriately selected according to the intended use of the iPS cells obtained.
  • adenovirus vectors plasmid vectors, adeno-associated virus vectors, retrovirus vectors, lentivirus vectors, Sendai virus vectors, episomal vectors and the like can be used.
  • Examples of the promoter used in the expression vector include EF1 ⁇ promoter, CAG promoter, SR ⁇ promoter, SV40 promoter, LTR promoter, CMV (cytomegalovirus) promoter, RSV (rous sarcoma virus) promoter, MoMuLV (Molone murine leukemia virus) LTR. HSV-TK (herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase) promoter and the like are used. Of these, EF1 ⁇ promoter, CAG promoter, MoMuLV LTR, CMV promoter, SR ⁇ promoter and the like are preferable.
  • the expression vector may contain an enhancer, a poly A addition signal, a selection marker gene, an SV40 replication origin, and the like as desired.
  • the selection marker gene include a dihydrofolate reductase gene, a neomycin resistance gene, a puromycin resistance gene, and the like.
  • Nucleic acid that is a nuclear reprogramming substance may be incorporated on separate expression vectors, or two or more, preferably 2-3 types of genes may be incorporated into one expression vector. It is preferable to select the former when using a retrovirus or lentiviral vector with high gene transfer efficiency, and the latter when using a plasmid, adenovirus, episomal vector, or the like. Furthermore, an expression vector incorporating two or more types of genes and an expression vector incorporating only one gene can be used in combination.
  • a plurality of reprogramming genes for example, two or more selected from Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, and c-Myc, preferably 2 to 3 genes
  • the plurality of genes are Can be incorporated into the expression vector, preferably via a sequence allowing polycistronic expression.
  • sequences enabling polycistronic expression include 2A sequences of foot-and-mouth disease virus (PLoS ONE3, e2532, 2008, Stem Cells 25, 1707, 2007), IRES sequences (US Patent No. 4,937,190), preferably 2A An array can be used.
  • the expression vector containing the reprogramming gene can be introduced into cells by a technique known per se, depending on the type of vector.
  • the vector is collected and cells are infected with the vector by an appropriate method according to each viral vector.
  • an appropriate method for example, specific means using a retroviral vector as a vector are disclosed in WO2007 / 69666, Cell, 126, 663-676 (2006) and Cell, 131, 861-872 (2007). The case of use is disclosed in Science, 318, 1917-1920 (2007) 2007.
  • telomeres When iPS cells are used for medical purposes such as transplantation therapy, the expression (reactivation) of reprogramming genes may increase the risk of carcinogenesis in transplanted cells differentiated from iPS cells. It is preferable that it is transiently expressed without being integrated into the chromosome. From this point of view, it is preferable to use an adenovirus vector that rarely integrates into the chromosome. Specific means using an adenoviral vector is disclosed in Science, 322, 945-949 (2008). In addition, adeno-associated virus also has a low frequency of integration into chromosomes, and has lower cytotoxicity and inflammation-inducing action than adenovirus vectors, and thus can be mentioned as another preferred vector.
  • the Sendai virus vector can exist stably outside the chromosome, and can be preferably used in the same manner because it can be decomposed and removed by siRNA as necessary.
  • As the Sendai virus vector those described in J. Biol. Chem., 282, 27383-27391 (2007) and Japanese Patent No. 3602058 can be used.
  • a method of excising a nucleic acid encoding a nuclear reprogramming substance at a time point can be preferably used. That is, loxP sequences are arranged at both ends of the nucleic acid, and after iPS cells are induced, Cre recombinase is allowed to act on the cells using a plasmid vector or an adenovirus vector to cut out the region sandwiched between the loxP sequences. be able to.
  • the enhancer-promoter sequence in the LTR ⁇ U3 region may up-regulate nearby host genes by insertion mutation. Therefore, the 3′-self is deleted or replaced with a polyadenylation sequence such as SV40. More preferably, an inactivated (SIN) LTR is used to avoid expression control of the endogenous gene by an LTR outside the loxP sequence that is not excised and remains in the genome.
  • SIN inactivated
  • plasmid vector which is a non-viral vector
  • the vector is transferred to cells using lipofection method, liposome method, electroporation method, calcium phosphate coprecipitation method, DEAE dextran method, microinjection method, gene gun method, etc.
  • lipofection method liposome method
  • electroporation method calcium phosphate coprecipitation method
  • DEAE dextran method microinjection method
  • gene gun method etc.
  • Specific means using a plasmid as a vector are described in, for example, Science, 322, 949-953 (2008).
  • gene transfer can be performed any number of times of 1 or more (for example, 1 to 10 times, or 1 to 5 times).
  • gene transfer can be performed any number of times of 1 or more (for example, 1 to 10 times, or 1 to 5 times).
  • two or more types of expression vectors are introduced into a somatic cell, it is preferable to introduce all these types of expression vectors into the somatic cell at the same time.
  • the number of times (for example, 1 or more and 10 or less, or 1 or more and 5 or less, etc.) can be performed, and the introduction operation can be preferably repeated by 2 or more times (for example, 3 or 4 times).
  • transgene may be integrated into the chromosome, it is necessary to finally confirm that there is no gene insertion into the chromosome by Southern blotting or PCR. Therefore, it may be advantageous to use a means for removing the gene after the transgene has been once integrated into the chromosome, as in the Cre-loxP system.
  • there is a method for completely removing a transgene from a chromosome by incorporating a transgene into a chromosome using a transposon and then allowing a transferase to act on the cell using a plasmid vector or an adenovirus vector. Can be used.
  • Preferred transposons include, for example, piggyBac, which is a transposon derived from a lepidopteran insect. Specific means using the piggyBac transposon are disclosed in Kaji, K. et al., Nature, 458: 771-775 (2009), Woltjen et al., Nature, 458: 766-770 (2009).
  • Another preferred non-integrated vector is an episomal vector capable of autonomous replication outside the chromosome. Specific means using an episomal vector is disclosed in Yu et al., Science, 324, 797-801 (2009).
  • Examples of the episomal vector used in the present invention include a vector containing a sequence necessary for autonomous replication derived from EBV, SV40, etc. as a vector element.
  • vector elements necessary for autonomous replication include a replication origin and a gene encoding a protein that binds to the replication origin and controls replication.
  • EBV the replication origin oriP And EBNA-1 gene
  • SV40 includes the origin of replication ori and SV40 large T antigen gene.
  • the episomal expression vector also contains a promoter that controls transcription of the reprogramming gene.
  • a promoter the same promoter as described above can be used.
  • the episomal expression vector may further contain an enhancer, a poly A addition signal, a selection marker gene, and the like as desired, as described above.
  • the selection marker gene include a dihydrofolate reductase gene and a neomycin resistance gene.
  • Episomal vectors can be introduced into cells using, for example, lipofection method, liposome method, electroporation method, calcium phosphate coprecipitation method, DEAE dextran method, microinjection method, gene gun method and the like. Specifically, for example, the method described in Science, 324: 797-801 (2009) can be used.
  • Whether or not the episomal vector has been removed from the iPS cell is determined by performing Southern blot analysis or PCR analysis using a part of the vector as a probe or primer and the episomal fraction isolated from the iPS cell as a template. It can be carried out by examining the presence or absence of the light or the length of the detection band.
  • the episomal fraction may be prepared by a method well known in the art, for example, a method described in Science, 324: 797-801 (2009) or the like.
  • HDAC histone deacetylase
  • VPA valproic acid
  • TSA trichostatin A
  • SSA sodium butyrate
  • small molecule inhibitors such as MC 1293, M344, siRNA and shRNA against HDAC (eg, HDAC1 siRNA Smartpool TM (Millipore), HuSH 29mer shRNA Constructs against HDAC1 (OriGene), etc.) Agents
  • DNA methyltransferase inhibitors eg 5'-azacytidine (5'azaC)
  • G9a histone methyltransferase inhibitors eg BIX -01294 (Cell Stem Cell, 2: 525-528 (2008)) and other small molecule inhibitors, G9a siRNA and shRNA (eg, G9a siRNA (human) (Santa Cruz Biotechnology) etc.) and other nucleic acid expression inhibitors Etc.]
  • L-channel calcium agonist eg Bayk8644
  • p53 inhibitor eg p5 SiRNA against shRNA, shRNA, dominant negative etc.
  • the nucleic acid expression inhibitor may be in the form of an expression vector containing DNA encoding siRNA or shRNA.
  • SV40 large T is not an essential factor for somatic cell nuclear reprogramming, but is an auxiliary factor. It can also be included in a category.
  • auxiliary factors other than those essential for nuclear reprogramming are positioned as nuclear reprogramming substances or substances that improve the establishment efficiency of iPS cells. It may be convenient.
  • the somatic cell nuclear reprogramming process is regarded as an overall event caused by the contact of the somatic cell with the nuclear reprogramming substance and the iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substance. There will be no gender.
  • the contact of the other iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substance with the somatic cell may be performed depending on whether the substance is (a) protein factor or (b) ⁇ nucleic acid encoding the protein factor.
  • Each of the chemical substances can be carried out by the same method as described above.
  • contact of the substance with somatic cells can be achieved by dissolving the factor in an aqueous or non-aqueous solvent at an appropriate concentration and isolating it from a human or other mammal.
  • Medium suitable for culturing cultured somatic cells eg, minimal essential medium (MEM), Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM), RPMI1640 medium, 199 medium, F12 medium (may contain about 5-20% fetal calf serum) Etc.
  • MEM minimal essential medium
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium
  • RPMI1640 medium 199 medium
  • F12 medium may contain about 5-20% fetal calf serum
  • the factor concentration varies depending on the type of establishment efficiency improving substance used, but is appropriately selected within the range of about 0.1 nM to about 100 ⁇ M.
  • the contact period is not particularly limited as long as it is a time sufficient for the nuclear reprogramming of the cells to be achieved, but it is usually sufficient that the contact period coexists in the medium until a positive colony appears.
  • iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substances can be contacted with somatic cells at the same time as the nuclear reprogramming substance as long as iPS cell establishment efficiency from somatic cells is significantly improved compared to the absence of the substance. Either may be contacted first.
  • the nuclear reprogramming substance is a nucleic acid encoding a proteinous factor
  • the substance that improves the establishment efficiency of iPS cells is a chemical inhibitor
  • the former removes the proteinous factor from the gene transfer treatment.
  • a substance that improves the establishment efficiency of iPS cells is added to the medium can do.
  • both a nuclear reprogramming substance and an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substance are used in the form of a viral vector or a plasmid vector, both may be introduced into a cell simultaneously.
  • the iPS cell establishment efficiency can be further improved by culturing the cells under hypoxic conditions in the somatic cell nuclear reprogramming step (Cell Stem Cell., 5 ( 3): 237-241 (2009); see WO2010 / 013845).
  • the “hypoxic condition” means that the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere when cells are cultured is significantly lower than that in the air. Specifically, the oxygen concentration condition is lower than the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere of 5-10% CO 2 / 95-90% air generally used in normal cell culture. For example, oxygen in the atmosphere Conditions with a concentration of 18% or less apply.
  • the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere is 15% or less (eg, 14% or less, 13% or less, 12% or less, 11% or less, etc.), 10% or less (eg, 9% or less, 8% or less, 7% or less) 6% or less), or 5% or less (eg, 4% or less, 3% or less, 2% or less, etc.).
  • the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere is preferably 0.1% or more (eg, 0.2% or more, 0.3% or more, 0.4% or more), 0.5% or more (eg, 0.6% or more, 0.7% or more, 0.8% or more, 0.9 % Or more), or 1% or more (eg, 1.1% or more, 1.2% or more, 1.3% or more, 1.4% or more, etc.).
  • a method for creating a hypoxic state in the cell environment is not particularly limited, but a method of culturing the cells in a CO 2 incubator in which the oxygen concentration can be adjusted is the easiest and is a preferable example.
  • CO 2 incubators with adjustable oxygen concentration are sold by various equipment manufacturers (for example, CO for low oxygen culture by manufacturers such as Thermo scientific, Ikemoto Rika Kogyo, Toji Field, and Waken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) 2 incubators can be used).
  • the time when cell culture is started under hypoxic conditions is not particularly limited as long as it does not prevent the iPS cell establishment efficiency from being improved compared to the case of normal oxygen concentration (20%). Although it may be before contact with the establishment efficiency improving factor of the invention and the nuclear reprogramming substance, simultaneously with the contact, or after the contact, Incubate under hypoxic conditions immediately after contact or after a period of time (eg 1 to 10 (eg, 2,3,4,5,6,7,8 or 9) days) after contact. preferable.
  • a period of time eg 1 to 10 (eg, 2,3,4,5,6,7,8 or 9) days
  • the period for culturing cells under hypoxic conditions is not particularly limited as long as it does not prevent the establishment efficiency of iPS cells from being improved compared to the case of normal oxygen concentration (20%). Examples include, but not limited to, a period of not less than 7 days, not less than 10 days, not more than 50 days, not more than 40 days, not more than 35 days, or not more than 30 days.
  • a preferable culture period under low oxygen conditions varies depending on the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere, and those skilled in the art can appropriately adjust the culture period according to the oxygen concentration used. In one embodiment, when selection of iPS cell candidate colonies is performed using drug resistance as an index, it is preferable to return from a low oxygen condition to a normal oxygen concentration before drug selection is started.
  • the preferred timing and preferred culture period for starting cell culture under hypoxic conditions vary depending on the type of nuclear reprogramming substance used, iPS cell establishment efficiency under normoxic conditions, and the like.
  • the cells are suitable for, for example, culturing ES cells. Can be cultured under different conditions. In the case of mouse cells, Leukemia Inhibitory Factor (LIF) is added to a normal medium as a differentiation inhibitory factor and cultured. On the other hand, in the case of human cells, it is usually desirable to add basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) and / or stem cell factor (SCF) instead of LIF.
  • LIF Leukemia Inhibitory Factor
  • bFGF basic fibroblast growth factor
  • SCF stem cell factor
  • the cells are cultured as feeder cells in the presence of mouse embryonic fibroblasts (MEFs) that have been treated with radiation or antibiotics to stop cell division.
  • MEFs mouse embryonic fibroblasts
  • STO cells are usually used as MEFs, but SNL cells (McMahon, A. P. & Bradley, A. Cell 62, 1073-1085 (1990)) are often used to induce iPS cells.
  • Co-culture with feeder cells may be started before contact with the nuclear reprogramming substance, or may be started at the time of contact or after the contact (for example, 1-10 days later).
  • the selection of iPS cell candidate colonies includes a method using drug resistance and reporter activity as indicators and a method using visual morphological observation.
  • the former include a drug resistance gene and / or a gene locus that is specifically highly expressed in differentiated pluripotent cells (for example, Fbx15, Nanog, Oct3 / 4, etc., preferably Nanog or Oct3 / 4).
  • a recombinant cell targeted with a reporter gene is used to select colonies that are drug resistant and / or reporter activity positive.
  • Such recombinant cells include, for example, mice (Takahashi & Yamanaka, Cell, 126, 663-676) in which the ⁇ geo (encoding a fusion protein of ⁇ -galactosidase and neomycin phosphotransferase) gene is knocked in at the Fbx15 locus. 2006)) derived from transgenic mice (Okita et al., Nature, 448, 313-317 (2007)) in which a green fluorescent protein (GFP) gene and a puromycin resistance gene are incorporated into the MEF or TTF or Nanog locus MEF, TTF, etc.
  • GFP green fluorescent protein
  • examples of a method for selecting candidate colonies by visual morphological observation include the methods described in Takahashi et al., Cell, 131, 861-872-8 (2007).
  • a method using a reporter cell is simple and efficient, when iPS cells are produced for the purpose of human therapeutic use, visual colony selection is desirable from the viewpoint of safety.
  • iPS cells Confirmation that the cells of the selected colony are iPS cells can be performed by the above-mentioned Nanog (or Oct3 / 4) reporter positive (puromycin resistance, GFP positive, etc.) and visual formation of ES cell-like colonies.
  • tests such as alkaline phosphatase staining, expression of various ES cell-specific genes, and transplantation of selected cells to mice to confirm teratoma formation can also be performed. .
  • iPS cells Use of iPS cells
  • the iPS cells established in this way can be used for various purposes.
  • differentiation induction methods reported for pluripotent stem cells such as ES cells
  • differentiation induction methods for neural stem cells are disclosed in JP-A-2002-291469
  • differentiation induction methods for pancreatic stem-like cells are Examples of methods for inducing differentiation into hematopoietic cells include those described in JP-T-2003-505006, and other methods for inducing differentiation by formation of embryoid bodies.
  • iPS cells Differentiation from iPS cells into various cells (eg, cardiomyocytes, blood cells, nerve cells, vascular endothelial cells, insulin secreting cells, etc.) Can be induced. Therefore, if iPS cells are induced using somatic cells collected from the patient or another person with the same or substantially the same type of HLA, the desired cells (ie, the organs in which the patient is affected) Stem cell therapy by autotransplantation is possible, in which cells and cells that exhibit therapeutic effects on diseases are differentiated and transplanted into the patient.
  • somatic cells collected from the patient or another person with the same or substantially the same type of HLA
  • the desired cells ie, the organs in which the patient is affected
  • Stem cell therapy by autotransplantation is possible, in which cells and cells that exhibit therapeutic effects on diseases are differentiated and transplanted into the patient.
  • iPS cells differentiated from iPS cells eg, hepatocytes
  • drug candidates It can also be suitably used for in vitro screening of the efficacy and toxicity of compounds.
  • aHDF-Slc7a1 gene was expressed adult skin-derived fibroblasts (aHDF-Slc7a1) previously reported method (Cell, 131, 861-872, 2007 ) was prepared according to.
  • This aHDF-Slc7a1 was sprinkled at a rate of 3 ⁇ 10 5 pieces / 60 mm dish, and the next day, pMXs-hOCT3 / 4, pMXs-hKLF4, pMXs-hSOX2 and pMXs-Hu-L- Gene transfer was performed with a virus-containing solution prepared using Myc (all available from Addgene).
  • iPS cell transplantation therapy such as induction of human iPS cells by three factors other than c-Myc, which has been low in the establishment efficiency, has been proposed. It is particularly useful for applications.

Abstract

The present invention provides a method for improving the efficiency of generating iPS cells, the method involving bringing into contact, with somatic cells, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives, phenylalkyl hydrazine compounds such as the MAO inhibitor phenelzine, which is an antidepressant, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof during the step of nucleus initialization.

Description

人工多能性幹細胞の樹立効率改善剤及びそれを用いた効率的な人工多能性幹細胞の樹立方法Establishing efficiency improvement agent for induced pluripotent stem cells and efficient method for establishing induced pluripotent stem cells using the same
 本発明は、人工多能性幹細胞(以下、iPS細胞という)の樹立効率の改善方法及びそのための薬剤に関する。より詳細には、本発明は、フェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体若しくはフェニルアルキルヒドラジン類化合物を含有するiPS細胞の樹立効率改善剤、並びにそれを用いたiPS細胞の樹立効率改善方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a method for improving the establishment efficiency of induced pluripotent stem cells (hereinafter referred to as iPS cells) and a drug therefor. More specifically, the present invention relates to an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving agent containing a phenylcyclopropylamine derivative or a phenylalkylhydrazine compound, and an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving method using the same.
 近年、マウス及びヒト等で胚の破壊を伴わない体細胞由来のiPS細胞が相次いで樹立され(特許文献1、非特許文献1-5)、胚性幹細胞(ES細胞)に代わる移植細胞ソースとして期待を集めている。タンパク質導入或いはアデノウイルスやプラスミド等を用いて外来遺伝子の組込みのないより安全なiPS細胞も開発されてきており(非特許文献6-10)、再生医療への応用が現実味を帯び始めている。
 しかし、レトロウイルスやレンチウイルスを用いない方法では、iPS細胞の樹立効率は依然として低く、特に、iPS細胞から分化した組織や個体において腫瘍化が懸念される原がん遺伝子c-Mycを除く3因子(Oct3/4, Sox2, Klf4)を体細胞に導入してヒトiPS細胞を作製した場合、その樹立効率が極めて低いという問題点がある。
In recent years, iPS cells derived from somatic cells without embryo destruction in mice and humans have been established one after another (Patent Literature 1, Non-Patent Literature 1-5), and serve as a transplant cell source in place of embryonic stem cells (ES cells). I have high expectations. Safer iPS cells without foreign gene integration have also been developed using protein transfer or adenoviruses or plasmids (Non-patent Documents 6-10), and application to regenerative medicine has become practical.
However, with the method that does not use retroviruses or lentiviruses, the efficiency of iPS cell establishment is still low. In particular, there are three factors except for the proto-oncogene c-Myc, which is likely to be tumorigenic in tissues and individuals differentiated from iPS cells. When human iPS cells are produced by introducing (Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4) into somatic cells, there is a problem that the establishment efficiency is extremely low.
 iPS細胞の樹立効率の向上に関して様々な試みがなされている。Scripps研究所のShen Dingらのグループは、初期化4因子(Oct3/4、Sox2、Klf4、c-Myc)の下流にあるシグナル伝達系(例:TGFβ/ALK5シグナル、MEK/ERKシグナル、Wntシグナル)やエピジェネティック修飾(例:ヒストン脱アセチル化、DNAメチル化)に関与する低分子化合物を用いて初期化遺伝子の機能を補完若しくは代替することを精力的に研究しており、これまでH3K9メチルトランスフェラーゼ阻害剤であるBIX01294、DNAメチルトランスフェラーゼ阻害剤であるRG108や5aza-C、L型カルシウムチャネルアゴニストであるBayK、MEK阻害剤であるPD0325901、GSK3β阻害剤であるCHIR99021又はTGFβ受容体阻害剤であるSB431542を用いて、iPS細胞の樹立効率を改善したこと(特許文献2)、CHIR99021にリジン特異的脱メチル化酵素1(LSD1)阻害剤であるトラニルシプロミン(trans-2-フェニルシクロプロピルアミン; PCPA)を組み合わせるとOct3/4とKlf4の2因子のみでヒトケラチノサイトからiPS細胞を樹立できたこと(非特許文献11)を報告している。Shen Dingらはさらに、PCPA、SB431542、PD0325901、CHIR99021に加えて線維芽細胞増殖因子受容体(FGFR)阻害剤であるPD173074でマウスエピステムセル(EpiSC)を処理することにより、より未分化なES細胞様細胞に転換させ得ることを報告している(非特許文献12)。
 また、特許文献3には、ヒストン脱アセチル化酵素(HDAC)阻害剤であるバルプロ酸(VPA)又はPCPAの存在下で線維芽細胞を培養すると、Oct3/4の発現量が上昇することが記載されている。
Various attempts have been made to improve iPS cell establishment efficiency. The Scripps Institute's Shen Ding et al. Group of signal transduction systems (eg TGFβ / ALK5 signal, MEK / ERK signal, Wnt signal) downstream of reprogramming factor 4 (Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, c-Myc) ) And epigenetic modifications (eg, histone deacetylation, DNA methylation), we are actively researching to complement or replace the function of the reprogramming gene using low molecular weight compounds. BIX01294 which is a transferase inhibitor, RG108 and 5aza-C which are DNA methyltransferase inhibitors, BayK which is an L-type calcium channel agonist, PD0325901 which is a MEK inhibitor, CHIR99021 which is a GSK3β inhibitor or a TGFβ receptor inhibitor SB431542 was used to improve iPS cell establishment efficiency (Patent Document 2), CHIR99021 is a lysine-specific demethylase 1 (LSD1) inhibitor, tranylcypromine (trans-2-pheny Reported PCPA) was able to establish iPS cells from human keratinocytes only two factors combine the Oct3 / 4 and Klf4 a (non-patent document 11); cyclopropylamine. Shen Ding et al. Further treated mouse epistem cells (EpiSC) with PCPA, SB431542, PD0325901, CHIR99021 and PD173074, a fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) inhibitor, to give more undifferentiated ES cells. It has been reported that it can be transformed into like cells (Non-patent Document 12).
Patent Document 3 describes that when fibroblasts are cultured in the presence of a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor valproic acid (VPA) or PCPA, the expression level of Oct3 / 4 increases. Has been.
 LSD1は、フラビンアデニンジヌクレオチド(FAD)依存的な酸化反応により、ヒストンH3の4番目のリジン残基のモノメチル化体及びジメチル化体(H3K4me1/2)の脱メチル化を触媒する酵素であり、前立腺がんにおいて過剰発現してアンドロゲン受容体と相互作用しており、LSD1をノックダウンするとがん細胞の増殖が抑制されることが知られている。
 LSD1阻害剤としては、上記のPCPAやその誘導体が知られているが(非特許文献13)、PCPAはLSD1阻害活性が弱く(IC50=21μM)、また、LSD1は同じアミンオキシダーゼファミリーに属するポリアミンオキシダーゼ(PAO)やモノアミンオキシダーゼ(MAO)と相同性が高いために、従来公知のPCPA及びその誘導体はMAO-AやMAO-Bをも阻害してしまい、LSD1のみを選択的に阻害することができないという欠点があった。
 宮田及び鈴木らは、式(1)若しくは(2)で表されるフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体を合成し、当該化合物又はそれらの薬学上許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物若しくはプロドラッグが、MAO-AやMAO-Bの阻害活性に比べてLSD1阻害活性が顕著に高く、LSD1選択的な阻害薬であり、かつがん細胞増殖抑制作用を有しており、抗がん剤として有用であることを見出した(特許文献4、非特許文献14)。
LSD1 is an enzyme that catalyzes the demethylation of monomethylated and dimethylated forms (H3K4me1 / 2) of the fourth lysine residue of histone H3 by flavin adenine dinucleotide (FAD) -dependent oxidation reaction, It is known that it is overexpressed in prostate cancer and interacts with the androgen receptor. When LSD1 is knocked down, the growth of cancer cells is suppressed.
As the LSD1 inhibitor, the above-mentioned PCPA and its derivatives are known (Non-patent Document 13), but PCPA has weak LSD1 inhibitory activity (IC 50 = 21 μM), and LSD1 is a polyamine belonging to the same amine oxidase family. Because of its high homology with oxidase (PAO) and monoamine oxidase (MAO), conventionally known PCPA and its derivatives also inhibit MAO-A and MAO-B, and selectively inhibit only LSD1. There was a disadvantage that it was not possible.
Miyata and Suzuki et al. Synthesized a phenylcyclopropylamine derivative represented by the formula (1) or (2), and the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof was synthesized. , LSD1 inhibitory activity is significantly higher than that of MAO-A and MAO-B, is an LSD1-selective inhibitor and has a cancer cell growth inhibitory effect, and is useful as an anticancer agent (Patent Literature 4, Non-Patent Literature 14).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式中、
 Rは水素、置換基が結合していてもよいアルキル基、置換基が結合していてもよいフェニル基及び置換基が結合していてもよい複素環基のいずれかを示し、
 Rは分枝を有することがあり置換基が結合していてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
 Rは置換基が結合していてもよいアルキル基、置換基が結合していてもよいフェニル基、置換基が結合していてもよい複素環基及び置換基が結合していてもよいベンジル基のいずれかを示し、
 Rは置換基が結合していてもよいアルキル基、置換基が結合していてもよいフェニル基、置換基が結合していてもよい複素環基、置換基が結合していてもよいアルキルオキシ基、置換基が結合していてもよいフェニルオキシ基、置換基が結合していてもよいアルキルアミノ基及び置換基が結合していてもよいフェニルアミノ基のいずれかを示し、
 XはO、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)
(Where
R 1 represents any one of hydrogen, an alkyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a phenyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, and a heterocyclic group to which a substituent may be bonded;
R 2 represents an alkylene group which may have a branch and may have a substituent bonded thereto;
R 3 represents an alkyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a phenyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a heterocyclic group to which a substituent may be bonded, and a benzyl to which a substituent may be bonded. Any of the groups
R 4 represents an alkyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a phenyl group to which a substituent may be bonded, a heterocyclic group to which a substituent may be bonded, or an alkyl to which a substituent may be bonded. An oxy group, a phenyloxy group to which a substituent may be bonded, an alkylamino group to which a substituent may be bonded, and a phenylamino group to which a substituent may be bonded;
X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . )
 しかしながら、上記フェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体のiPS細胞の樹立効率改善効果については全く報告されていない。また、Shen Dingらの報告を初めとして、PCPAはLSD1阻害のIC50値より1オーダー低い濃度(2μM)で使用されていることから、PCPAのiPS細胞樹立効率改善効果がLSD1阻害作用に基づくか否かは依然として不明のままである。 However, the effect of improving the establishment efficiency of iPS cells by the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative has not been reported at all. Further, either the first and Shen Ding et al reported, PCPA from that used in one order lower concentration than an IC 50 value of LSD1 inhibitors (2 [mu] M), iPS cell establishment efficiency improvement effect of PCPA is based on inhibition LSD1 Whether or not remains unknown.
国際公開第2007/069666号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2007/069666 Pamphlet 国際公開第2009/117439号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2009/117439 Pamphlet 国際公開第2010/056831号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2010/056831 Pamphlet 国際公開第2010/143582号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2010/143582 Pamphlet
 本発明の目的は、低分子化合物を用いてiPS細胞の樹立効率を改善する手段を提供することであり、それを用いた効率的なiPS細胞の製造方法を提供することである。 An object of the present invention is to provide a means for improving the establishment efficiency of iPS cells using a low molecular weight compound, and to provide an efficient method for producing iPS cells using the same.
 本発明者らは、上記の目的を達成すべく鋭意検討を重ねた結果、成人皮膚由来線維芽細胞にOct3/4、Sox2、Klf4及びL-Mycの4遺伝子を導入した後、細胞を上記式(1)若しくは(2)で表されるフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体、或いは抗うつ薬であるMAO阻害剤フェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)を初めとするフェニルアルキルヒドラジン類化合物の存在下で培養することにより、ヒトiPS細胞の樹立効率を顕著に改善し得ることを見出して、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of intensive studies to achieve the above object, the present inventors introduced four genes of Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, and L-Myc into adult skin-derived fibroblasts, and then expressed the cells in the above formula. By culturing in the presence of a phenylalkylhydrazine compound such as the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative represented by (1) or (2) or the MAO inhibitor phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine) which is an antidepressant, The inventors have found that iPS cell establishment efficiency can be remarkably improved, and have completed the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明は以下のとおりである。
[1] 核初期化工程において、式(I):
That is, the present invention is as follows.
[1] In the nuclear initialization step, the formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
 Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
(Where
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
 R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
 R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
 Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物を体細胞に接触させることを含む、iPS細胞の樹立効率改善方法。
[2] 式(I)で表される化合物が、式
(Where
R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
A method for improving iPS cell establishment efficiency, which comprises contacting a somatic cell with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula: and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and prodrug thereof.
[2] The compound represented by the formula (I) has the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
で表されるNCL-1、式 NCL-1, represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
で表されるNCL-2、式 NCL-2 represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
で表されるNCL-3、又は式 NCL-3 represented by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
で表されるNCL-4である、上記[1]記載の方法。
[3] 式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、上記[1]記載の方法。
The method according to [1] above, which is NCL-4 represented by:
[3] The method according to [1] above, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
[4] 式(I): [4] Formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
 Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
(Where
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
 R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
 R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
 Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物を含有してなる、iPS細胞の樹立効率改善剤。
[5] 式(I)で表される化合物が、式
(Where
R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
And an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving agent comprising at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and prodrug thereof.
[5] The compound represented by the formula (I) has the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
で表されるNCL-1、式 NCL-1, represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
で表されるNCL-2、式 NCL-2 represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
で表されるNCL-3、又は式 NCL-3 represented by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
で表されるNCL-4である、上記[4]記載の剤。
[6] 式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、上記[4]記載の剤。
[7] 式(I):
The agent according to [4] above, which is NCL-4 represented by the formula:
[6] The agent according to [4] above, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
[7] Formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
 Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
(Where
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
 R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
 R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
 Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物と、核初期化物質とを、体細胞に接触させる工程を含む、iPS細胞の製造方法。
[8] 式(I)で表される化合物が、式
(Where
R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
And a step of bringing a nuclear reprogramming substance into contact with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof: iPS cell production method.
[8] The compound represented by the formula (I) is represented by the formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
で表されるNCL-1、式 NCL-1, represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
で表されるNCL-2、式 NCL-2 represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
で表されるNCL-3、又は式 NCL-3 represented by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
で表されるNCL-4である、上記[7]記載の方法。
[9] 式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、上記[7]記載の方法。
[10] 核初期化物質が、Octファミリーのメンバー、Soxファミリーのメンバー、Klf4ファミリーのメンバー、Mycファミリーのメンバー、Linファミリーのメンバー及びNanog、並びにそれらをコードする核酸からなる群より選択される、上記[7]~[9]のいずれかに記載の方法。
[11] 核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4及びSox2、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、上記[7]~[9]のいずれかに記載の方法。
[12] 核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4、Sox2並びにc-Myc若しくはL-Myc及び/又はNanog及び/又はLin28若しくはLin28B、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、上記[7]~[9]のいずれかに記載の方法。
[13] 式(I):
The method according to [7] above, which is NCL-4 represented by the formula:
[9] The method according to [7] above, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
[10] The nuclear reprogramming substance is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them. The method according to any one of [7] to [9] above.
[11] The method according to any one of [7] to [9] above, wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4 and Sox2, or a nucleic acid encoding them.
[12] The above [7] to [9], wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4, Sox2, and c-Myc or L-Myc and / or Nanog and / or Lin28 or Lin28B, or a nucleic acid encoding them. ] The method in any one of.
[13] Formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
 Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
(Where
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
 R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
 R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
 Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物と、核初期化物質とを含有してなる、体細胞からのiPS細胞の誘導剤。
[14] 式(I)で表される化合物が、式
(Where
R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
IPS from a somatic cell, comprising one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, and a nuclear reprogramming substance. Cell inducer.
[14] The compound represented by the formula (I) is represented by the formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
で表されるNCL-1、式 NCL-1, represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
で表されるNCL-2、式 NCL-2 represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
で表されるNCL-3、又は式 NCL-3 represented by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
で表されるNCL-4である、上記[13]記載の剤。
[15] 式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、上記[13]記載の剤。
[16] 核初期化物質が、Octファミリーのメンバー、Soxファミリーのメンバー、Klf4ファミリーのメンバー、Mycファミリーのメンバー、Linファミリーのメンバー及びNanog、並びにそれらをコードする核酸からなる群より選択される、上記[13]~[15]のいずれかに記載の剤。
[17] 核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4及びSox2、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、上記[13]~[15]のいずれかに記載の剤。
[18] 核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4、Sox2並びにc-Myc若しくはL-Myc及び/又はNanog及び/又はLin28若しくはLin28B、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、上記[13]~[15]のいずれかに記載の剤。
[19] 下記の工程:
(1)上記[7]~[12]のいずれかに記載の方法によりiPS細胞を製造する工程、及び
(2)上記工程(1)で得られたiPS細胞に分化誘導処理を行い、体細胞に分化させる工程、
を含む、体細胞の製造方法。
[20] iPS細胞の樹立効率改善のための式(I):
The agent according to [13] above, which is NCL-4 represented by
[15] The agent according to [13] above, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
[16] The nuclear reprogramming substance is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them. The agent according to any one of [13] to [15] above.
[17] The agent according to any one of [13] to [15] above, wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4 and Sox2, or a nucleic acid encoding them.
[18] The above [13] to [15], wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4, Sox2, and c-Myc or L-Myc and / or Nanog and / or Lin28 or Lin28B, or a nucleic acid encoding them. ] The agent in any one of.
[19] The following steps:
(1) a step of producing iPS cells by the method according to any one of [7] to [12], and (2) subjecting the iPS cells obtained in step (1) to differentiation induction treatment, somatic cells. The process of differentiating into
A method for producing somatic cells, comprising:
[20] Formula (I) for improving iPS cell establishment efficiency:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
 Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
(Where
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
 R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
 R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
 Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物の使用。
[21] 式(I)で表される化合物が、式
(Where
R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, C 2-4 alkynyl group, thienylmethyl group or pyridylmethyl group,
Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
And one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
[21] The compound represented by the formula (I) is represented by the formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
で表されるNCL-1、式 NCL-1, represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
で表されるNCL-2、式 NCL-2 represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
で表されるNCL-3、又は式 NCL-3 represented by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
で表されるNCL-4である、上記[20]記載の使用。
[22] 式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、上記[20]記載の使用。
[23] iPS細胞の樹立効率改善のための式(I):
The use according to [20] above, which is NCL-4 represented by:
[22] The use according to [20] above, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
[23] Formula (I) for improving iPS cell establishment efficiency:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
 Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
(Where
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
 R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
 R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
 Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物の使用であって、該化合物を核初期化物質とともに体細胞に接触させることを特徴とする、使用。
[24] 式(I)で表される化合物が、式
(Where
R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
And one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, wherein the compound is contacted with a somatic cell together with a nuclear reprogramming substance. Use, characterized by letting
[24] The compound represented by the formula (I) is represented by the formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
で表されるNCL-1、式 NCL-1, represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
で表されるNCL-2、式 NCL-2 represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
で表されるNCL-3、又は式 NCL-3 represented by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
で表されるNCL-4である、上記[23]記載の使用。
[25] 式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、上記[23]記載の使用。
[26] 核初期化物質が、Octファミリーのメンバー、Soxファミリーのメンバー、Klf4ファミリーのメンバー、Mycファミリーのメンバー、Linファミリーのメンバー及びNanog、並びにそれらをコードする核酸からなる群より選択される、上記[23]~[25]のいずれかに記載の使用。
[27] 核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4及びSox2、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、上記[23]~[25]のいずれかに記載の使用。
[28] 核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4、Sox2並びにc-Myc若しくはL-Myc及び/又はNanog及び/又はLin28若しくはLin28B、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、上記[23]~[25]のいずれかに記載の使用。
The use according to [23] above, which is NCL-4 represented by:
[25] Use according to the above [23], wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
[26] The nuclear reprogramming substance is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them. The use according to any one of [23] to [25] above.
[27] The use according to any of [23] to [25] above, wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4 and Sox2, or a nucleic acid encoding them.
[28] The above [23] to [25], wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4, Sox2, and c-Myc or L-Myc and / or Nanog and / or Lin28 or Lin28B, or a nucleic acid encoding them. ] Use in any one of.
 核初期化の際に式(I)又は(II)で表される化合物を体細胞に接触させると、iPS細胞の樹立効率を顕著に向上させることができるので、従来樹立効率の低かったc-Mycを除く3因子によるヒトiPS細胞の誘導などに特に有用である。 When a compound represented by the formula (I) or (II) is brought into contact with a somatic cell at the time of nuclear reprogramming, the establishment efficiency of iPS cells can be remarkably improved. It is particularly useful for induction of human iPS cells by 3 factors except Myc.
4遺伝子(Oct3/4、Sox2、Klf4、L-Myc)導入による成人皮膚由来線維芽細胞(HDF)からのiPS細胞樹立効率に及ぼすNCL-1~4及びフェネルジンの添加時期(d1-d5:遺伝子導入後1日目~5日目;d4-d9:遺伝子導入後4日目~9日目;d7-d14:遺伝子導入後7日目~14日目)の効果を示す図である。縦軸はヒトiPS細胞のコロニー数を示す。DMSOは溶媒のみを添加した場合を示す。Effects of NCL-1 to 4 and phenelzine on the efficiency of iPS cell establishment from adult skin-derived fibroblasts (HDF) by introduction of 4 genes (Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, L-Myc) (d1-d5: gene 1 to 5 days after introduction; d4-d9: days 4 to 9 after gene introduction; d7-d14: days 7 to 14 after gene introduction). The vertical axis represents the number of human iPS cell colonies. DMSO indicates the case where only the solvent is added. 4遺伝子(Oct3/4、Sox2、Klf4、L-Myc)導入による成人皮膚由来線維芽細胞(HDF)からのiPS細胞樹立効率に及ぼすNCL-3及びフェネルジンの添加濃度(1、5、10、50、100及び500μM)の効果を示す図である。縦軸はヒトiPS細胞のコロニー数を示す。DMSOは溶媒のみを添加した場合を示す。Effects of addition of NCL-3 and phenelzine on the efficiency of iPS cell establishment from adult skin-derived fibroblasts (HDF) by introduction of 4 genes (Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, L-Myc) (1, 5, 10, 50 , 100 and 500 μM). The vertical axis represents the number of human iPS cell colonies. DMSO indicates the case where only the solvent is added.
 本発明は、体細胞の核初期化工程において、上記の式(I)及び式(II)で表されるLSD1阻害薬並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物(以下、包括して本発明の樹立効率改善因子ともいう)を該体細胞に接触させることによる、iPS細胞の樹立効率の改善方法を提供する。ここで体細胞の核初期化は、体細胞に核初期化物質を導入することにより行われるので、本発明はまた、体細胞に上記因子と核初期化物質とを接触させることによる、iPS細胞の製造方法を提供する。尚、本明細書では、核初期化物質のみではiPS細胞が樹立できず、本発明の樹立効率改善因子とともに体細胞に接触させることによりiPS細胞が樹立される場合も、「樹立効率の改善」に該当するものとして取り扱う。 The present invention relates to a group consisting of LSD1 inhibitors represented by the above formulas (I) and (II) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs in the nuclear reprogramming step of somatic cells. Provided is a method for improving iPS cell establishment efficiency by contacting one or more selected compounds (hereinafter collectively referred to as factors for establishing establishment efficiency of the present invention) with the somatic cell. Here, since nuclear reprogramming of somatic cells is performed by introducing a nuclear reprogramming substance into somatic cells, the present invention also provides iPS cells by contacting somatic cells with the above factors and nuclear reprogramming substances. A manufacturing method is provided. In the present specification, iPS cells cannot be established only with a nuclear reprogramming substance, and even when iPS cells are established by contacting somatic cells together with the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention, “improvement of establishment efficiency” Treat as applicable.
(a)体細胞ソース
 本発明においてiPS細胞作製のための出発材料として用いることのできる体細胞は、哺乳動物(例えば、ヒト、マウス、サル、ウシ、ブタ、ラット、イヌ等)由来の生殖細胞以外のいかなる細胞であってもよく、例えば、角質化する上皮細胞(例、角質化表皮細胞)、粘膜上皮細胞(例、舌表層の上皮細胞)、外分泌腺上皮細胞(例、乳腺細胞)、ホルモン分泌細胞(例、副腎髄質細胞)、代謝・貯蔵用の細胞(例、肝細胞)、境界面を構成する内腔上皮細胞(例、I型肺胞細胞)、内鎖管の内腔上皮細胞(例、血管内皮細胞)、運搬能をもつ繊毛のある細胞(例、気道上皮細胞)、細胞外マトリックス分泌用細胞(例、線維芽細胞)、収縮性細胞(例、平滑筋細胞)、血液と免疫系の細胞(例、Tリンパ球)、感覚に関する細胞(例、桿細胞)、自律神経系ニューロン(例、コリン作動性ニューロン)、感覚器と末梢ニューロンの支持細胞(例、随伴細胞)、中枢神経系の神経細胞とグリア細胞(例、星状グリア細胞)、色素細胞(例、網膜色素上皮細胞)、及びそれらの前駆細胞(組織前駆細胞)等が挙げられる。細胞の分化の程度や細胞を採取する動物の齢などに特に制限はなく、未分化な前駆細胞(体性幹細胞も含む)であっても、最終分化した成熟細胞であっても、同様に本発明における体細胞の起源として使用することができる。ここで未分化な前駆細胞としては、たとえば神経幹細胞、造血幹細胞、間葉系幹細胞、歯髄幹細胞等の組織幹細胞(体性幹細胞)が挙げられる。
(A) Somatic cell source Somatic cells that can be used as starting materials for preparing iPS cells in the present invention are germ cells derived from mammals (eg, humans, mice, monkeys, cows, pigs, rats, dogs, etc.). May be any cell other than, for example, keratinized epithelial cells (eg, keratinized epidermal cells), mucosal epithelial cells (eg, epithelial cells of the tongue surface layer), exocrine glandular epithelial cells (eg, mammary cells), Hormone-secreting cells (eg, adrenal medullary cells), cells for metabolism and storage (eg, hepatocytes), luminal epithelial cells that make up the interface (eg, type I alveolar cells), luminal epithelium of inner chain vessels Cells (eg, vascular endothelial cells), ciliated cells with transport ability (eg, airway epithelial cells), cells for extracellular matrix secretion (eg, fibroblasts), contractile cells (eg, smooth muscle cells), Blood and immune system cells (eg, T lymphocytes), sensory Vesicles (eg, sputum cells), autonomic nervous system neurons (eg, cholinergic neurons), sensory organ and peripheral neuron support cells (eg, associated cells), central nervous system neurons and glial cells (eg, astrocytes) Glial cells), pigment cells (eg, retinal pigment epithelial cells), and their precursor cells (tissue precursor cells). There is no particular limitation on the degree of differentiation of the cells and the age of the animal from which the cells are collected, and this is the same for both undifferentiated progenitor cells (including somatic stem cells) and final differentiated mature cells. It can be used as the source of somatic cells in the invention. Examples of undifferentiated progenitor cells include tissue stem cells (somatic stem cells) such as neural stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, and dental pulp stem cells.
 体細胞を採取するソースとなる哺乳動物個体は特に制限されないが、得られるiPS細胞がヒトの再生医療用途に使用される場合には、拒絶反応が起こらないという観点から、患者本人又はHLAの型が同一若しくは実質的に同一である他人から体細胞を採取することが特に好ましい。ここでHLAの型が「実質的に同一」とは、免疫抑制剤などの使用により、該体細胞由来のiPS細胞から分化誘導することにより得られた細胞を患者に移植した場合に移植細胞が生着可能な程度にHLAの型が一致していることをいう。たとえば主たるHLA(例えばHLA-A、HLA-B及びHLA-DRの3遺伝子座)が同一である場合などが挙げられる(以下同じ)。また、ヒトに投与(移植)しない場合、例えば、患者の薬剤感受性や副作用の有無を評価するためのスクリーニング用の細胞のソースとしてiPS細胞を使用する場合には、同様に患者本人又は薬剤感受性や副作用と相関する遺伝子多型が同一である他人から体細胞を採取することが望ましい。 There are no particular limitations on the mammalian individual from which somatic cells are collected, but when the resulting iPS cells are used for human regenerative medicine, the patient or the type of HLA is used from the viewpoint that rejection does not occur. It is particularly preferred to collect somatic cells from others who are identical or substantially identical. Here, the type of HLA is “substantially the same” means that when the cells obtained by inducing differentiation from iPS cells derived from the somatic cells are transplanted into a patient by using an immunosuppressant or the like, the transplanted cells are This means that the HLA types match to the extent that they can be engrafted. For example, the case where the main HLA (for example, 3 loci of HLA-A, HLA-B, and HLA-DR) is the same is mentioned (the same applies hereinafter). Also, when not being administered (transplanted) to humans, for example, when iPS cells are used as a source of screening cells for evaluating the patient's drug sensitivity and the presence or absence of side effects, It is desirable to collect somatic cells from others who have the same genetic polymorphism that correlates with side effects.
 哺乳動物から分離した体細胞は、核初期化工程に供するに先立って、細胞の種類に応じてその培養に適した自体公知の培地で前培養することができる。そのような培地としては、例えば、約5~20%の胎仔ウシ血清を含む最小必須培地(MEM)、ダルベッコ改変イーグル培地(DMEM)、RPMI1640培地、199培地、F12培地などが挙げられるが、それらに限定されない。本発明の樹立効率改善因子及び核初期化物質(さらに必要に応じて、後述する他のiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質)との接触に際し、例えば、カチオニックリポソームなどの導入試薬を用いる場合には、導入効率の低下を防ぐため、無血清培地に交換しておくことが好ましい場合がある。 Somatic cells isolated from mammals can be pre-cultured in a medium known per se suitable for culturing according to the type of cells prior to being subjected to the nuclear reprogramming step. Examples of such a medium include a minimum essential medium (MEM), Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM), RPMI1640 medium, 199 medium, and F12 medium containing about 5 to 20% fetal calf serum. It is not limited to. When contacting with the establishment efficiency improving factor and nuclear reprogramming substance of the present invention (and, if necessary, other iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substances described later), for example, when using an introduction reagent such as a cationic liposome In some cases, it may be preferable to replace the medium with a serum-free medium in order to prevent a reduction in introduction efficiency.
(b)本発明の樹立効率改善因子
 本発明の第1の樹立効率改善因子は、式(I)で表される、LSD1選択的阻害活性を有するフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(以下、フェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)ともいう)、又はその薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物若しくはプロドラッグである。
(B) Establishment Efficiency Improvement Factor of the Present Invention The first establishment efficiency improvement factor of the present invention is a phenylcyclopropylamine derivative represented by formula (I) and having LSD1-selective inhibitory activity (hereinafter referred to as phenylcyclopropylamine). Derivative (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
 Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
 Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)
(Where
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . )
 本明細書中、「アルキル(基)」は、直鎖状若しくは分枝状のアルキル(基)を意味し、例えば、メチル、エチル、プロピル、イソプロピル、ブチル、イソブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル、ペンチル、イソペンチル、ネオペンチル、tert-ペンチル、ヘキシル、2,2-ジメチルブチル、3,3-ジメチルブチル、2-エチルブチル、ヘプチル、オクチル、ノニル、デシル等のC1-10アルキル(基)が挙げられ、なかでもC1-6アルキル(基)が好ましい。 In the present specification, “alkyl (group)” means linear or branched alkyl (group), for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl. C 1-10 alkyl (group) such as pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, etc. Of these, C 1-6 alkyl (group) is preferred.
 本明細書中、「アルコキシ(基)」は、直鎖状若しくは分枝状のアルコキシ(基)を意味し、例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、プロポキシ、イソプロポキシ、ブトキシ、イソブトキシ、sec-ブトキシ、tert-ブトキシ、ペンチルオキシ、イソペンチルオキシ、ネオペンチルオキシ、tert-ペンチルオキシ、ヘキシルオキシ、2,2-ジメチルブトキシ、3,3-ジメチルブトキシ、2-エチルブトキシ、ヘプチルオキシ、オクチルオキシ、ノニルオキシ、デシルオキシ等のC1-10アルコキシ(基)が挙げられ、なかでもC1-6アルコキシ(基)が好ましい。 In the present specification, “alkoxy (group)” means a linear or branched alkoxy (group), for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert- Butoxy, pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, neopentyloxy, tert-pentyloxy, hexyloxy, 2,2-dimethylbutoxy, 3,3-dimethylbutoxy, 2-ethylbutoxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, etc. C 1-10 alkoxy (group) is preferable, and C 1-6 alkoxy (group) is particularly preferable.
 本明細書中、「アルキレン(基)」は、直鎖状若しくは分枝状のアルキレン(基)を意味し、例えば、メチレン、エチレン、トリメチレン、テトラメチレン、ペンタメチレン、ヘキサメチレン、1-メチルエチレン、1-メチルトリメチレン、2-メチルトリメチレン、1,1-ジメチルエチレン、1-エチルエチレン、1-メチルテトラメチレン、2-エチルトリメチレン、ヘプタメチレン、オクタメチレン、ノナメチレン、デカメチレン等のC1-10アルキレン(基)が挙げられ、なかでもC1-6アルキレン(基)が好ましく、エチレンがより好ましい。 In the present specification, “alkylene (group)” means a linear or branched alkylene (group), for example, methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, 1-methylethylene. C 1 such as 1-methyltrimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 1,1-dimethylethylene, 1-ethylethylene, 1-methyltetramethylene, 2-ethyltrimethylene, heptamethylene, octamethylene, nonamethylene, decamethylene, etc. -10 alkylene (group) is mentioned, among them, C 1-6 alkylene (group) is preferable, and ethylene is more preferable.
 本明細書中、「アリール(基)」は、芳香性を有する炭化水素基を意味し、例えば、フェニル、1-ナフチル、2-ナフチル、アントリル、フェナントリル、ビフェニル等のC6-12アリール(基)が挙げられ、なかでもC6-10アリール(基)が好ましく、フェニルがより好ましい。 In the present specification, “aryl (group)” means an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, C 6-12 aryl (group) such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, biphenyl and the like. Among them, C 6-10 aryl (group) is preferable, and phenyl is more preferable.
 本明細書中、「アラルキル(基)」に関し、そのアリール部としては、上記「アリール(基)」と同様の基が挙げられ、そのアルキル部としては、上記「アルキル(基)」と同様の基が挙げられる。「アラルキル(基)」の好適な具体例としては、例えば、ベンジル、1-フェニルエチル、2-フェニルエチル、1-フェニルプロピル、1-フェニルブチル、1-フェニルペンチル、(1-ナフチル)メチル、(2-ナフチル)メチル、1-(1-ナフチル)エチル、1-(2-ナフチル)エチル、2-(1-ナフチル)エチル、2-(2-ナフチル)エチル等のC6-10アリール-C1-6アルキル(基)が挙げられ、なかでもフェニル-C1-3アルキル(基)が好ましく、ベンジルがより好ましい。 In the present specification, regarding the “aralkyl (group)”, the aryl moiety includes the same group as the above “aryl (group)”, and the alkyl moiety thereof is the same as the above “alkyl (group)”. Groups. Preferable specific examples of “aralkyl (group)” include, for example, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 1-phenylbutyl, 1-phenylpentyl, (1-naphthyl) methyl, C 6-10 aryl- such as (2-naphthyl) methyl, 1- (1-naphthyl) ethyl, 1- (2-naphthyl) ethyl, 2- (1-naphthyl) ethyl, 2- (2-naphthyl) ethyl, etc. Examples thereof include C 1-6 alkyl (group), among which phenyl-C 1-3 alkyl (group) is preferable, and benzyl is more preferable.
 本明細書中、「複素環基(「複素環-」も含む)」としては、芳香族複素環基及び非芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。
 芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、環構成原子として炭素原子以外に酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子から選ばれるヘテロ原子を1から4個含有する4から7員(好ましくは5又は6員)の単環式芳香族複素環基及び縮合芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。該縮合芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、これら4から7員の単環式芳香族複素環基に対応する環と、1又は2個の窒素原子を含む5又は6員の芳香族複素環(例、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、ピラジン、ピリジン、ピリミジン)、1個の硫黄原子を含む5員の芳香族複素環(例、チオフェン)及びベンゼン環から選ばれる1又は2個が縮合した環から誘導される基等が挙げられる。
 芳香族複素環基の具体例としては、例えば、
フリル、チエニル、ピロリル、オキサゾリル、イソオキサゾリル、チアゾリル、イソチアゾリル、イミダゾリル、ピラゾリル、1,2,3-オキサジアゾリル、1,2,4-オキサジアゾリル、1,3,4-オキサジアゾリル、フラザニル、1,2,3-チアジアゾリル、1,2,4-チアジアゾリル、1,3,4-チアジアゾリル、1,2,3-トリアゾリル、1,2,4-トリアゾリル、テトラゾリル、ピリジル、ピリダジニル、ピリミジニル、ピラジニル、トリアジニル等の単環式芳香族複素環基;及び
ベンゾフラニル、イソベンゾフラニル、ベンゾ[b]チエニル、インドリル、イソインドリル、1H-インダゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、ベンゾオキサゾリル、ベンゾ[d]イソオキサゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、ベンゾ[d]イソチアゾリル、1H-ベンゾトリアゾリル、キノリル、イソキノリル、シンノリニル、キナゾリニル、キノキサリニル、フタラジニル、ナフチリジニル、プリニル、プテリジニル、カルバゾリル、α-カルボリニル、β-カルボリニル、γ-カルボリニル、アクリジニル、フェノキサジニル、フェノチアジニル、フェナジニル、フェノキサチイニル、チアントレニル、フェナトリジニル、フェナトリジニル、フェナントロリニル、インドリジニル、ピロロ[1,2-b]ピリダジニル、ピラゾロ[1,5-a]ピリジル、イミダゾ[1,2-a]ピリジル、イミダゾ[1,5-a]ピリジル、イミダゾ[1,2-a]ピリダジニル、イミダゾ[1,2-a]ピリミジニル、1,2,4-トリアゾロ[4,3-a]ピリジル、1,2,4-トリアゾロ[4,3-b]ピリダジニル等の縮合芳香族複素環基;
が挙げられる。
 非芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、環構成原子として炭素原子以外に酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子から選ばれるヘテロ原子を1から4個含有する4から7員(好ましくは5又は6員)の単環式非芳香族複素環基及び縮合非芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。該縮合非芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、これら4から7員の単環式非芳香族複素環基に対応する環と、1又は2個の窒素原子を含む5又は6員の芳香族複素環(例、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、ピラジン、ピリジン、ピリミジン)、1個の硫黄原子を含む5員の芳香族複素環(例、チオフェン)及びベンゼン環から選ばれる1又は2個の環が縮合した環から誘導される基、ならびに該基の部分飽和により得られる基等が挙げられる。
 非芳香族複素環基の具体例としては、例えば、
アゼチジニル、オキセタニル、チエタニル、ピロリジニル、テトラヒドロフリル、チオラニル、イミダゾリジニル、ピラゾリジニル、オキサゾリジニル、チアゾリジニル、ピペリジル、テトラヒドロピラニル、モルホリニル、チオモルホリニル、ピペラジニル等の単環式非芳香族複素環基;及び
イソクロマニル、ジヒドロベンゾピラニル、ジヒドロキノリル、イソクロメニル、クロメニル(2H-クロメニル、4H-クロメニル)、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロイソキノリル、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノリル、2,3-ジヒドロベンゾフラニル、ベンゾ[1,3]ジオキソリル等の縮合非芳香族複素環基;
が挙げられる。
In the present specification, examples of the “heterocyclic group (including“ heterocycle- ”)” include an aromatic heterocyclic group and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include 4 to 7 members (preferably 5 or 6 members) containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms in addition to carbon atoms as ring constituent atoms. And monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups and condensed aromatic heterocyclic groups. Examples of the condensed aromatic heterocyclic group include a ring corresponding to the 4- to 7-membered monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group and a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms. (Eg, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrimidine) From a ring in which 1 or 2 selected from a 5-membered aromatic heterocycle containing one sulfur atom (eg, thiophene) and a benzene ring are condensed Examples include groups to be derived.
Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include, for example,
Furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, 1,2,3- Monocyclic such as thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl An aromatic heterocyclic group; and benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzo [b] thienyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, 1H-indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzo [d] isoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzo [d] i Thiazolyl, 1H-benzotriazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, purinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, α-carbolinyl, β-carbolinyl, γ-carbolinyl, acridinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenothazinyl, phenothiazinyl Phenoxathiinyl, thiantenyl, phenathidinyl, phenatridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, indolizinyl, pyrrolo [1,2-b] pyridazinyl, pyrazolo [1,5-a] pyridyl, imidazo [1,2-a] pyridyl, imidazo [ 1,5-a] pyridyl, imidazo [1,2-a] pyridazinyl, imidazo [1,2-a] pyrimidinyl, 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-a] pyridyl, 1,2,4- Thoria B [4,3-b] fused aromatic heterocyclic group pyridazinyl and the like;
Is mentioned.
Examples of the non-aromatic heterocyclic group include 4 to 7 members (preferably 5 or 6 members) containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms and nitrogen atoms in addition to carbon atoms as ring constituent atoms. ) Monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclic group and condensed non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of the condensed non-aromatic heterocyclic group include a ring corresponding to the 4- to 7-membered monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclic group, and a 5- or 6-membered aromatic containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms. 1 or 2 rings selected from a heterocyclic ring (eg, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrimidine), a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring containing 1 sulfur atom (eg, thiophene) and a benzene ring Examples thereof include a group derived from a condensed ring and a group obtained by partial saturation of the group.
Specific examples of the non-aromatic heterocyclic group include, for example,
Monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclic groups such as azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiolanyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, etc .; , Dihydroquinolyl, isochromenyl, chromenyl (2H-chromenyl, 4H-chromenyl), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo Condensed non-aromatic heterocyclic groups such as furanyl, benzo [1,3] dioxolyl;
Is mentioned.
 本明細書中、「ハロゲン原子」とは、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を意味する。 In the present specification, “halogen atom” means a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
 本明細書中、「アシル(基)」は、ホルミル基;又は「アルキル基(前記と同義)」又は「アルコキシ基(前記と同義)」が結合したカルボニル基を意味する。「アシル(基)」の好適な具体例としては、ホルミル;アセチル、プロピオニル、ブチリル等のC1-6アルキル-カルボニル基;ホルミルオキシ;アセチルオキシ、プロピオニルオキシ、ブチリルオキシ等のC1-6アルコキシ-カルボニル基等が挙げられる。 In the present specification, “acyl (group)” means a carbonyl group to which a formyl group; or an “alkyl group (as defined above)” or “alkoxy group (as defined above)” is bonded. Preferred examples of “acyl (group)” include formyl; C 1-6 alkyl-carbonyl group such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl; formyloxy; C 1-6 alkoxy- such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, etc. A carbonyl group etc. are mentioned.
 本明細書中、「シクロアルキル(基)」は、環状の非芳香族炭化水素基を意味し、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘプチル、シクロオクチル、シクロノニル、シクロデシル等のC3-10シクロアルキル(基)が挙げられ、なかでもC3-6シクロアルキル(基)が好ましい。 In the present specification, “cycloalkyl (group)” means a cyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, C 3 such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl and the like. -10 cycloalkyl (group) can be mentioned, and C 3-6 cycloalkyl (group) is particularly preferable.
 「置換されていてもよいアルキル基」、「置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基」、「置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基」及び「置換されていてもよいアルキレン基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、
(1) ハロゲン原子、
(2) 水酸基、
(3) アルコキシ基、
(4) アリールオキシ基、
(5) アラルキルオキシ基、
(6) 複素環-オキシ基、
(7) アシルオキシ基、
(8) スルファニル基、
(9) アルキルスルファニル基、
(10) アリールスルファニル基、
(11) アラルキルスルファニル基、
(12) 複素環-スルファニル基、
(13) アルキルスルホニル基、
(14) アリールスルホニル基、
(15) アラルキルスルホニル基、
(16) 複素環-スルホニル基、
(17) モノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、
(18) モノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基、
(19) モノ-若しくはジ-アラルキルアミノ基、
(20) モノ-若しくはジ-複素環-アミノ基、
(21) モノ-若しくはジ-アシルアミノ基、
(22) カルボキシル基、
(23) アルコキシカルボニル基、
(24) アルキルカルボニル基、
(25) アリールカルボニル基、
(26) アリールオキシカルボニル基、
(27) アラルキルカルボニル基、
(28) アラルキルオキシカルボニル基、
(29) 複素環-カルボニル基、
(30) モノ-若しくはジ-アルキルカルバモイル基、
(31) モノ-若しくはジ-アリールカルバモイル基、
(32) モノ-若しくはジ-アラルキルカルバモイル基、
(33) モノ-若しくはジ-複素環-カルバモイル基、
(34) シクロアルキル基、
(35) アリール基、
(36) 複素環基
等が挙げられる。
 これらの置換基は置換可能な位置に存在し、その数は1~数個、好ましくは1~2個、より好ましくは1個である。置換基の数が2個以上の場合は同一又は異なっていてもよい。
 上記の置換基は、さらに、アルキル基、アミノ基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、グアニジノ基等の置換基で置換されていてもよい。
In “optionally substituted alkyl group”, “optionally substituted alkoxy group”, “optionally substituted mono- or di-alkylamino group” and “optionally substituted alkylene group” The “substituent” is not particularly limited.
(1) a halogen atom,
(2) hydroxyl group,
(3) an alkoxy group,
(4) aryloxy group,
(5) Aralkyloxy group,
(6) Heterocycle-oxy group,
(7) an acyloxy group,
(8) sulfanyl group,
(9) an alkylsulfanyl group,
(10) arylsulfanyl group,
(11) Aralkylsulfanyl group,
(12) heterocyclic-sulfanyl group,
(13) an alkylsulfonyl group,
(14) arylsulfonyl group,
(15) Aralkylsulfonyl group,
(16) Heterocycle-sulfonyl group,
(17) mono- or di-alkylamino groups,
(18) mono- or di-arylamino groups,
(19) mono- or di-aralkylamino groups,
(20) mono- or di-heterocyclic-amino groups,
(21) mono- or di-acylamino groups,
(22) carboxyl group,
(23) an alkoxycarbonyl group,
(24) alkylcarbonyl group,
(25) an arylcarbonyl group,
(26) aryloxycarbonyl group,
(27) aralkylcarbonyl group,
(28) Aralkyloxycarbonyl group,
(29) Heterocycle-carbonyl group,
(30) mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl groups,
(31) mono- or di-arylcarbamoyl groups,
(32) mono- or di-aralkylcarbamoyl groups,
(33) mono- or di-heterocyclic-carbamoyl groups,
(34) a cycloalkyl group,
(35) an aryl group,
(36) Heterocyclic groups and the like can be mentioned.
These substituents are present at substitutable positions, and the number thereof is 1 to several, preferably 1 to 2, more preferably 1. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, they may be the same or different.
The above substituents may be further substituted with a substituent such as an alkyl group, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, or a guanidino group.
 「置換されていてもよいアリール基」、「置換されていてもよい複素環基」、「置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基」、「置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基」及び「置換されていてもよいアラルキル基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、
(1) 上記の「置換されていてもよいアルキル基」等の置換基として例示した基、(2) アルキル基(当該アルキル基は、アミノ基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、グアニジノ基等の置換基で置換されていてもよい。)
等が挙げられる。
 これらの置換基は置換可能な位置に存在し、その数は1~数個、好ましくは1~2個、より好ましくは1個である。置換基の数が2個以上の場合は同一又は異なっていてもよい。
“Optionally substituted aryl group”, “optionally substituted heterocyclic group”, “optionally substituted aryloxy group”, “optionally substituted mono- or di-arylamino group” The “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aralkyl group” is not particularly limited.
(1) groups exemplified as substituents such as the above-mentioned “optionally substituted alkyl group”, (2) alkyl groups (the alkyl groups are amino groups, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, guanidino groups, etc. (It may be substituted with a substituent.)
Etc.
These substituents are present at substitutable positions, and the number thereof is 1 to several, preferably 1 to 2, more preferably 1. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, they may be the same or different.
 式(I)において、Rは、
好ましくは、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは前記と同義である。)であり、
より好ましくは、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいC6-10アリール基である。)であり、
さらに好ましくは、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいフェニル(好適な置換基は、ハロゲン原子、C1-6アルキル基(グアニジノ基で置換されていてもよい)、C6-10アリール基、非芳香族複素環-カルボニル基(好ましくはピペラジニルカルボニル)、C1-6アルキル-カルバモイル基(アミノ基で置換されていてもよい))である。)であり、
特に好ましくは、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、フェニルである。)である。
In formula (I), R 1 is
Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom or the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 has the same meaning as described above),
More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl group),
More preferably, a hydrogen atom or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted phenyl (suitable substituents are a halogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group (substituted with a guanidino group) A C 6-10 aryl group, a non-aromatic heterocyclic-carbonyl group (preferably piperazinylcarbonyl), a C 1-6 alkyl-carbamoyl group (which may be substituted with an amino group) )
Particularly preferred is a hydrogen atom or the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is phenyl).
 式(I)において、Rは、好ましくは、置換されていてもよいC1-6アルキレン基であり、より好ましくは、置換されていてもよいエチレンであり、特に好ましくはエチレンである。 In the formula (I), R 2 is preferably an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene group, more preferably an optionally substituted ethylene, and particularly preferably ethylene.
 式(I)において、Rは、
好ましくは、置換されていてもよいアリール基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基であり、
より好ましくは、置換されていてもよいC6-10アリール基、又は置換されていてもよいC6-10アリール-C1-3アルキル基であり、
さらに好ましくは、置換されていてもよいC6-10アリール-C1-3アルキル基であり、
さらにより好ましくは、置換されていてもよいベンジル(好適な置換基は、ハロゲン原子、C1-6アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基)であり、
特に好ましくは、ベンジルである。
In the formula (I), R 3 is
Preferably, it is an aryl group which may be substituted, or an aralkyl group which may be substituted,
More preferably, it is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-3 alkyl group,
More preferably, it is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-3 alkyl group,
Even more preferably, it is an optionally substituted benzyl (suitable substituents are a halogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group),
Particularly preferred is benzyl.
 式(I)において、Xは、好ましくは、Oである。 In the formula (I), X is preferably O.
 式(I)において、アミノ置換シクロプロピル基は、基Xに対して、メタ位又はパラ位に結合していることが好ましい。即ち、式(I)は、好ましくは、 In formula (I), the amino-substituted cyclopropyl group is preferably bonded to the meta position or the para position with respect to the group X. That is, formula (I) is preferably
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
又は Or
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
である。 It is.
 好適なフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)は、
 Rが、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは前記と同義である。)で表される基であり、
 Rが、置換されていてもよいC1-6アルキレン基であり、
 Rが、置換されていてもよいアリール基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基であり、
 Xが、Oである化合物である。
Suitable phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives (I) are:
R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is as defined above),
R 2 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene group,
R 3 is an aryl group which may be substituted, or an aralkyl group which may be substituted;
A compound in which X is O.
 より好適なフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)は、
 Rが、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは置換されていてもよいC6-10アリール基である。)で表される基であり、
 Rが、置換されていてもよいC1-6アルキレン基であり、
 Rが、置換されていてもよいC6-10アリール基、又は置換されていてもよいC6-10アリール-C1-3アルキル基であり、
 Xが、Oである化合物である。
More preferred phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives (I) are:
R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl group);
R 2 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene group,
R 3 is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-3 alkyl group;
A compound in which X is O.
 さらに好適なフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)は、
 Rが、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは置換されていてもよいフェニルである。)で表される基であり、
 Rが、置換されていてもよいエチレンであり、
 Rが、置換されていてもよいC6-10アリール-C1-3アルキル基であり、
 Xが、Oである化合物である。
Further suitable phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives (I) are:
R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted phenyl);
R 2 is ethylene which may be substituted,
R 3 is an optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl-C 1-3 alkyl group,
A compound in which X is O.
 さらにより好適なフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)は、
 Rが、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは置換されていてもよいフェニルである。)で表される基であり、
 Rが、エチレンであり、
 Rが、置換されていてもよいベンジルであり、
 Xが、Oである化合物である。
Even more preferred phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives (I) are:
R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted phenyl);
R 2 is ethylene,
R 3 is an optionally substituted benzyl,
A compound in which X is O.
 特に好適なフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)は、
 Rが、水素原子、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rはフェニルである。)で表される基であり、
 Rが、エチレンであり、
 Rが、ベンジルであり、
 Xが、Oである化合物である。
Particularly suitable phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives (I) are:
R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is phenyl),
R 2 is ethylene,
R 3 is benzyl,
A compound in which X is O.
 具体的には、式 Specifically, the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
で表されるNCL-1、式 NCL-1, represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
で表されるNCL-2、式 NCL-2 represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
で表されるNCL-3、式 NCL-3 represented by the formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
で表されるNCL-4であり、より好ましくはNCL-1、NCL-3及びNCL-4であり、さらに好ましくはNCL-1及びNCL-3であり、特に好ましくはNCL-3である。 NCL-4, more preferably NCL-1, NCL-3 and NCL-4, still more preferably NCL-1 and NCL-3, and particularly preferably NCL-3.
 フェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)の薬学上許容される塩としてしては、例えば、塩酸塩、臭化水素酸塩、リン酸塩、硫酸塩、硝酸塩等の無機酸塩、ギ酸塩、酢酸塩、プロピオン酸塩、マレイン酸塩、フマル酸塩、コハク酸塩、乳酸塩、リンゴ酸塩、酒石酸塩、クエン酸塩、アスコルビン酸塩、マロン酸塩、シュウ酸塩、グリコール酸塩、フタル酸塩、ベンゼンスルホン酸塩等の有機酸塩が挙げられる。また、これらの塩を組合せて用いることもできる。好ましくは塩酸塩である。 Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative (I) include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulfate, and nitrate, formate, and acetate. , Propionate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, lactate, malate, tartrate, citrate, ascorbate, malonate, oxalate, glycolate, phthalate And organic acid salts such as benzene sulfonate. These salts can also be used in combination. Hydrochloride is preferable.
 フェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)のプロドラッグとは、生体内で加水分解されてフェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)に変換される化合物をいい、例えば、アミノ基をアルカノイル基(アシル基)に置換した誘導体(すなわちアミド化した誘導体)、ヘミアミナールエーテル誘導体、アルコキシカルボニルオキシメチル基に置換した誘導体、N-オキシド誘導体等が挙げられる。 The prodrug of the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative (I) is a compound that is hydrolyzed in vivo and converted to the phenylcyclopropylamine derivative (I). For example, the amino group is substituted with an alkanoyl group (acyl group). Derivatives (ie, amidated derivatives), hemiaminal ether derivatives, derivatives substituted with alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl groups, N-oxide derivatives, and the like.
 フェニルシクロプロピルアミン誘導体(I)はWO 2010/143582記載の方法及びそれに準じた方法によって合成することができる。具体的には以下の製法によって合成され得る。尚、スキーム中の各反応条件は一例を示すものであって、当業者であれば所望により適宜変更及び修飾することができる。特に断りのない限り、スキーム中の各記号の定義は上述と同義である。
 以下、式(I)中のRが式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは前記と同義である。)で表される基であり、XがOであり、かつRがエチレン基の場合を例にとって説明する。
製法1(式(I)化合物の製造-メタ位)
工程1-1
The phenylcyclopropylamine derivative (I) can be synthesized by the method described in WO 2010/143582 and a method analogous thereto. Specifically, it can be synthesized by the following production method. In addition, each reaction condition in a scheme shows an example, and those skilled in the art can appropriately change and modify as desired. Unless otherwise specified, the definition of each symbol in the scheme is as defined above.
Hereinafter, R 1 in the formula (I) is a group represented by the formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is as defined above), X is O, and R 2 is ethylene. The case of the group will be described as an example.
Production Method 1 (Production of Compound of Formula (I) —Meta Position)
Step 1-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 上記工程により、前駆体である化合物(9)を合成する。
工程1-2
The compound (9), which is a precursor, is synthesized by the above process.
Step 1-2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
 上記工程により、前駆体である化合物(13)を合成する。
工程1-3
 工程1-1で合成したカップリング前駆体である化合物(9)と、工程1-2で合成したカップリング前駆体である化合物(13)とを用いて下記に示す合成ルートに従い、光延反応を用いたカップリング反応を行う。
The compound (13), which is a precursor, is synthesized by the above process.
Step 1-3
Using the compound (9), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in Step 1-1, and the compound (13), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in Step 1-2, according to the synthesis route shown below, Mitsunobu reaction is performed. Perform the coupling reaction used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
製法2(式(I)化合物の製造-パラ位)
工程2-1
Production Method 2 (Production of Compound of Formula (I)-Para position)
Step 2-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
 上記工程により、前駆体である化合物(21)を合成する。
工程2-2
 工程1-2で合成したカップリング前駆体である化合物(13)と、工程2-1で合成したカップリング前駆体である化合物(21)とを用いて下記に示す合成ルートに従い、光延反応を用いたカップリング反応を行う。
The compound (21), which is a precursor, is synthesized by the above process.
Step 2-2
Using the compound (13), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in Step 1-2, and the compound (21), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in Step 2-1, according to the synthesis route shown below, Mitsunobu reaction is performed. Perform the coupling reaction used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
製法3(式(I)化合物の製造-メタ位)
工程3-1
Production Method 3 (Production of Compound of Formula (I) —Meta Position)
Step 3-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
 上記工程により、前駆体である化合物(24)を合成する。
工程3-2
 工程1-1で合成したカップリング前駆体である化合物(9)と、工程3-1で合成したカップリング前駆体である化合物(24)とを用いて下記に示す合成ルートに従い、光延反応を用いたカップリング反応を行う。
The compound (24) which is a precursor is synthesize | combined by the said process.
Step 3-2
Mitsunobu reaction was performed according to the synthesis route shown below using compound (9), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in step 1-1, and compound (24), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in step 3-1. Perform the coupling reaction used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
製法4(式(I)化合物の製造-パラ位)
 工程2-1で合成したカップリング前駆体である化合物(21)と、工程3-1で合成したカップリング前駆体である化合物(24)とを用いて下記に示す合成ルートに従い、光延反応を用いたカップリング反応を行う。
Production Method 4 (Production of Compound of Formula (I)-Para position)
Mitsunobu reaction was performed according to the synthesis route shown below using compound (21), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in step 2-1, and compound (24), which is the coupling precursor synthesized in step 3-1. Perform the coupling reaction used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
 本発明の第2の樹立効率改善因子は、式(II)で表されるフェニルアルキルヒドラジン化合物(以下、フェニルアルキルヒドラジン化合物(II)ともいう)、又はその薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物若しくはプロドラッグである。 The second establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention is a phenylalkylhydrazine compound represented by the formula (II) (hereinafter also referred to as phenylalkylhydrazine compound (II)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. Or it is a prodrug.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
(式中、
 Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
 R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
 R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
 Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
(Where
R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
 置換基RにおけるC1-4アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル、エチル、プロピル、イソプロピル、ブチル、イソブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル等が挙げられ、なかでもC1-3アルキル(基)が好ましい。
 置換基RにおけるC1-4アルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、プロポキシ、イソプロポキシ、ブトキシ、イソブトキシ、sec-ブトキシ、tert-ブトキシ等が挙げられ、なかでもC1-3アルコキシ(基)が好ましい。
 置換基Rにおけるアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル、1-ナフチル、2-ナフチル、アントリル、フェナントリル、ビフェニル等のC6-12アリール(基)が挙げられ、なかでもフェニルが好ましい。
 置換基Rにおけるアラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル、1-フェニルエチル、2-フェニルエチル、1-フェニルプロピル、1-フェニルブチル等が挙げられ、なかでもフェニル-C1-3アルキル(基)が好ましく、ベンジルがより好ましい。
 置換基Rにおけるフェニルアルコキシ基としては、例えば、フェニルメトキシ、フェニルエトキシ、フェニルプロポキシ等が挙げられる。
 置換基Rにおけるアルキレンジオキシ基としては、例えば、メチレンジオキシ、エチレンジオキシ等が挙げられる。
 置換基Rにおけるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子が挙げられ、塩素原子が好ましい。
Examples of the C 1-4 alkyl group for the substituent R include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and the like. Among these, C 1-3 alkyl (group) is exemplified. preferable.
Examples of the C 1-4 alkoxy group for the substituent R include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like, among which C 1-3 alkoxy (group) Is preferred.
Examples of the aryl group in the substituent R include C 6-12 aryl (group) such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, biphenyl, and the like, and among them, phenyl is preferable.
Examples of the aralkyl group in the substituent R include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 1-phenylbutyl, etc. Among them, phenyl-C 1-3 alkyl (group) is preferable. Benzyl is more preferable.
Examples of the phenylalkoxy group in the substituent R include phenylmethoxy, phenylethoxy, phenylpropoxy and the like.
Examples of the alkylenedioxy group in the substituent R include methylenedioxy and ethylenedioxy.
Examples of the halogen atom in the substituent R include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.
 置換基R’におけるC1-3アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル、エチル、プロピル、イソプロピル等が挙げられる。
 置換基R’におけるC3-6シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル等が挙げられる。
 置換基R’におけるアラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル、1-フェニルエチル、2-フェニルエチル、1-フェニルプロピル等が挙げられ、なかでもベンジルが好ましい。
Examples of the C 1-3 alkyl group for the substituent R ′ include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl and the like.
Examples of the C 3-6 cycloalkyl group for the substituent R ′ include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.
Examples of the aralkyl group in the substituent R ′ include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl and the like, and among them, benzyl is preferable.
 置換基R”におけるC1-6アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル、エチル、プロピル、イソプロピル、ブチル、イソブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル、ペンチル、イソペンチル、ネオペンチル、tert-ペンチル、ヘキシル、2,2-ジメチルブチル、3,3-ジメチルブチル、2-エチルブチル等が挙げられ、なかでもC1-3アルキル(基)が好ましい。
 置換基R”におけるC1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシメチル、ヒドロキシエチル、ヒドロキシプロピル、ヒドロキシブチル、ヒドロキシペンチル、ヒドロキシヘキシル等が挙げられる。
 置換基R”におけるC2-4アルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル、アリル、1-(2-プロペニル)、1-(2-ブテニル)等が挙げられる。
 置換基R”における置換されていてもよいアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル、ヒドロキシフェニル、メトキシフェニル、クロロフェニル、アセトキシフェニル等が挙げられる。
 置換基R”における置換されていてもよいアラルキル基としては、例えば、フェネチル、フェニルプロピル、フェニルイソプロピル、p-クロロフェニルプロピル等が挙げられる。
 置換基R”におけるC3-6シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル等が挙げられる。
 置換基R”におけるC2-4アルキニル基としては、例えば、エチニル、プロピニル、ブチニル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the C 1-6 alkyl group for the substituent R ″ include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, 2, Examples include 2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl and the like, and among these, C 1-3 alkyl (group) is preferable.
Examples of the C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group in the substituent R ″ include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, hydroxyhexyl and the like.
Examples of the C 2-4 alkenyl group for the substituent R ″ include vinyl, allyl, 1- (2-propenyl), 1- (2-butenyl) and the like.
Examples of the aryl group which may be substituted in the substituent R ″ include phenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, chlorophenyl, acetoxyphenyl and the like.
Examples of the aralkyl group which may be substituted in the substituent R ″ include phenethyl, phenylpropyl, phenylisopropyl, p-chlorophenylpropyl and the like.
Examples of the C 3-6 cycloalkyl group for the substituent R ″ include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.
Examples of the C 2-4 alkynyl group in the substituent R ″ include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl and the like.
 置換基Yにおける直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基としては、例えば、エチレン、1-メチルエチレン、プロピレン、2-メチルメチレン、ブチレン、1-メチルプロピレン、2-メチルプロピレン、3-メチルプロピレン、3-メチルブチレン等が挙げられ、なかでもエチレンが好ましい。 Examples of the linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group in the substituent Y include, for example, ethylene, 1-methylethylene, propylene, 2-methylmethylene, butylene, 1-methylpropylene, 2-methylpropylene, and 3-methylpropylene. , 3-methylbutylene and the like, and ethylene is preferable.
 特に好適なフェニルアルキルヒドラジン化合物(II)は、
 R、R’及びR”が水素原子であり、
 Yがエチレンである下式で表される化合物、即ち、フェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である。
Particularly suitable phenylalkylhydrazine compounds (II) are:
R, R ′ and R ″ are hydrogen atoms;
A compound represented by the following formula in which Y is ethylene, that is, phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 フェニルアルキルヒドラジン化合物(II)の薬学上許容される塩としてしては、例えば、塩酸塩、臭化水素酸塩、リン酸塩、硫酸塩、硝酸塩等の無機酸塩、ギ酸塩、酢酸塩、プロピオン酸塩、マレイン酸塩、フマル酸塩、コハク酸塩、乳酸塩、リンゴ酸塩、酒石酸塩、クエン酸塩、アスコルビン酸塩、マロン酸塩、シュウ酸塩、グリコール酸塩、フタル酸塩、ベンゼンスルホン酸塩等の有機酸塩が挙げられる。また、これらの塩を組合せて用いることもできる。好ましくは塩酸塩である。 Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the phenylalkylhydrazine compound (II) include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulfate, nitrate, formate, acetate, Propionate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, lactate, malate, tartrate, citrate, ascorbate, malonate, oxalate, glycolate, phthalate, Examples include organic acid salts such as benzene sulfonate. These salts can also be used in combination. Hydrochloride is preferable.
 フェニルアルキルヒドラジン化合物(II)のプロドラッグとは、生体内で加水分解されてフェニルアルキルヒドラジン化合物(II)に変換される化合物をいい、例えば、アミノ基をアルカノイル基(アシル基)に置換した誘導体(すなわちアミド化した誘導体)、ヘミアミナールエーテル誘導体、アルコキシカルボニルオキシメチル基に置換した誘導体、N-オキシド誘導体等が挙げられる。 The prodrug of the phenylalkyl hydrazine compound (II) refers to a compound that is hydrolyzed in vivo and converted to the phenylalkyl hydrazine compound (II). For example, a derivative in which an amino group is substituted with an alkanoyl group (acyl group) (Ie, amidated derivatives), hemiaminal ether derivatives, derivatives substituted with alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl groups, N-oxide derivatives and the like.
 フェニルアルキルヒドラジン化合物(II)は、米国特許第3,000,903号記載の方法及びそれに準じた方法によって合成することができる。 The phenylalkylhydrazine compound (II) can be synthesized by the method described in US Pat. No. 3,000,903 and a method analogous thereto.
 本発明の樹立効率改善因子は、iPS細胞の樹立効率改善に十分で且つ細胞毒性がみられない濃度範囲で使用することができるが、例えばNCL-3の場合であれば、0.1~50μM、好ましくは1~10μM、フェネルジンの場合であれば、0.1~200μM、好ましくは1~100μMの濃度で用いることができる。
 本発明の樹立効率改善因子の体細胞への接触は、該因子を適当な濃度でDMSO等の非水性溶媒に溶解し、ヒト又は他の哺乳動物より単離した体細胞の培養に適した培地(例えば、最小必須培地(MEM)、ダルベッコ改変イーグル培地(DMEM)、RPMI1640培地、199培地、F12培地(約5~20%の胎仔ウシ血清を含んでもよい)等)中に、該溶液を因子濃度が上記の範囲となるように添加して、細胞を一定期間培養することにより実施することができる。接触期間は体細胞の核初期化が達成されるのに十分な時間であれば特に制限はないが、例えば、約4~約14日間、好ましくは約5~10日間接触させることができる。体細胞と接触させるタイミングも特に制限はなく、核初期化物質と同時に体細胞と接触させてもよいし、核初期化物質と接触後約1~約10日目に接触させてもよい。好ましくは核初期化物質と接触後約5~約10日目、より好ましくは約6~約8日目の体細胞に、本発明の樹立効率改善因子を接触させることができる。
The establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention can be used in a concentration range that is sufficient for improving the establishment efficiency of iPS cells and does not show cytotoxicity. For example, in the case of NCL-3, 0.1 to 50 μM, preferably Can be used at a concentration of 1 to 10 μM, in the case of phenelzine, 0.1 to 200 μM, preferably 1 to 100 μM.
The contact of the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention with somatic cells is achieved by dissolving the factor in a non-aqueous solvent such as DMSO at an appropriate concentration, and a medium suitable for culturing somatic cells isolated from humans or other mammals. (Eg, minimal essential medium (MEM), Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM), RPMI1640 medium, 199 medium, F12 medium (which may contain about 5-20% fetal calf serum), etc.) It can be carried out by adding cells so that the concentration is in the above range and culturing the cells for a certain period. The contact period is not particularly limited as long as it is sufficient to achieve somatic cell nuclear reprogramming. For example, the contact period may be about 4 to about 14 days, preferably about 5 to 10 days. The timing of contact with the somatic cells is not particularly limited, and the somatic cells may be contacted simultaneously with the nuclear reprogramming substance, or may be contacted about 1 to about 10 days after the contact with the nuclear reprogramming substance. Preferably, the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention can be contacted with a somatic cell about 5 to about 10 days after contact with the nuclear reprogramming substance, more preferably about 6 to about 8 days.
(c)核初期化物質
 本発明において「核初期化物質」とは、体細胞に導入することにより、或いは本発明の樹立効率改善因子と共に体細胞に接触させることにより、該体細胞からiPS細胞を誘導することができる物質(群)であれば、タンパク性因子又はそれをコードする核酸(ベクターに組み込まれた形態を含む)、或いは低分子化合物等のいかなる物質から構成されてもよい。核初期化物質がタンパク性因子又はそれをコードする核酸の場合、好ましくは以下の組み合わせが例示される(以下においては、タンパク性因子の名称のみを記載する)。
(1) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc
(2) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2(ここで、Sox2はSox1, Sox3, Sox15, Sox17又はSox18で置換可能である。また、Klf4はKlf1, Klf2又はKlf5で置換可能である。さらに、c-MycはT58A(活性型変異体), L-Mycで置換可能である。)
(3) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, Fbx15, Nanog, ERas, TclI
(4) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, SV40 Large T antigen(以下、SV40LT)
(5) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV16 E6
(6) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV16 E7
(7) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV6 E6, HPV16 E7
(8) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, Bmil
(以上、WO 2007/069666を参照(但し、上記(2)の組み合わせにおいて、Sox2からSox18への置換、Klf4からKlf1若しくはKlf5への置換については、Nature Biotechnology, 26, 101-106 (2008)を参照)。「Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2」の組み合わせについては、Cell, 126, 663-676 (2006)、Cell, 131, 861-872 (2007) 等も参照。「Oct3/4, Klf2(又はKlf5), c-Myc, Sox2」の組み合わせについては、Nat. Cell Biol., 11, 197-203 (2009) も参照。「Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, hTERT, SV40LT」の組み合わせについては、Nature, 451, 141-146 (2008)も参照。)
(9) Oct3/4, Klf4, Sox2(Nature Biotechnology, 26, 101-106 (2008)を参照)
(10) Oct3/4, Sox2, Nanog, Lin28(Science, 318, 1917-1920 (2007)を参照)
(11) Oct3/4, Sox2, Nanog, Lin28, hTERT, SV40LT(Stem Cells, 26, 1998-2005 (2008)を参照)
(12) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, Nanog, Lin28(Cell Research (2008) 600-603を参照)
(13) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, SV40LT(Stem Cells, 26, 1998-2005 (2008)も参照)
(14) Oct3/4, Klf4(Nature 454:646-650 (2008)、Cell Stem Cell, 2:525-528(2008)を参照)
(15) Oct3/4, c-Myc(Nature 454:646-650 (2008)を参照)
(16) Oct3/4, Sox2 (Nature, 451, 141-146 (2008), WO2008/118820を参照)
(17) Oct3/4, Sox2, Nanog (WO2008/118820を参照)
(18) Oct3/4, Sox2, Lin28 (WO2008/118820を参照)
(19) Oct3/4, Sox2, c-Myc, Esrrb (ここで、EssrrbはEsrrgで置換可能である。Nat. Cell Biol., 11, 197-203 (2009) を参照)
(20) Oct3/4, Sox2, Esrrb (Nat. Cell Biol., 11, 197-203 (2009) を参照)
(21) Oct3/4, Klf4, L-Myc (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 107, 14152-14157 (2010) を参照)
(22) Oct3/4, Nanog
(23) Oct3/4 (Cell 136: 411-419 (2009)、Nature, 08436, doi:10.1038 published online(2009) を参照)
(24) Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, Nanog, Lin28, SV40LT(Science, 324: 797-801 (2009)を参照)
(25) Nr5a2, Sox2, Klf4, c-Myc (ここで、Nr5a2はNr5a1で置換可能である。Cell Stem Cell. 6:167-74 (2010)を参照)
(26) Oct3/4, Sox2, Klf4, Tbx3 (Nature. 463:1096-100 (2010) を参照)
(27) Nr5a2, Sox2, c-Myc, GLISl (WO 2010/098419を参照)
(C) Nuclear reprogramming substance In the present invention, the “nuclear reprogramming substance” refers to an iPS cell derived from a somatic cell by introducing it into a somatic cell or by contacting the somatic cell together with the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention. As long as it is a substance (group) capable of inducing protein, it may be composed of any substance such as a protein factor or a nucleic acid encoding the same (including a form incorporated in a vector) or a low molecular weight compound. When the nuclear reprogramming substance is a protein factor or a nucleic acid encoding the same, the following combinations are preferably exemplified (in the following, only the name of the protein factor is described).
(1) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc
(2) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2 (where Sox2 can be replaced with Sox1, Sox3, Sox15, Sox17 or Sox18. Klf4 can be replaced with Klf1, Klf2 or Klf5. Furthermore, c-Myc can be replaced with T58A (active mutant) or L-Myc.)
(3) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, Fbx15, Nanog, ERas, TclI
(4) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, SV40 Large T antigen (SV40LT)
(5) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV16 E6
(6) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV16 E7
(7) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, HPV6 E6, HPV16 E7
(8) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, TERT, Bmil
(Refer to WO 2007/069666 above (however, regarding the substitution of Sox2 to Sox18 and the substitution of Klf4 to Klf1 or Klf5 in the combination of (2) above, see Nature Biotechnology, 26, 101-106 (2008). For the combination of “Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2,” see also Cell, 126, 663-676 (2006), Cell, 131, 861-872 (2007), etc. “Oct3 / 4 , Klf2 (or Klf5), c-Myc, Sox2 ”, see also Nat. Cell Biol., 11, 197-203 (2009)“ Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, hTERT, (See also Nature, 451, 141-146 (2008) for "SV40LT" combinations.)
(9) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, Sox2 (see Nature Biotechnology, 26, 101-106 (2008))
(10) Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Nanog, Lin28 (see Science, 318, 1917-1920 (2007))
(11) Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Nanog, Lin28, hTERT, SV40LT (see Stem Cells, 26, 1998-2005 (2008))
(12) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, Nanog, Lin28 (see Cell Research (2008) 600-603)
(13) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, SV40LT (see also Stem Cells, 26, 1998-2005 (2008))
(14) Oct3 / 4, Klf4 (see Nature 454: 646-650 (2008), Cell Stem Cell, 2: 525-528 (2008))
(15) Oct3 / 4, c-Myc (see Nature 454: 646-650 (2008))
(16) Oct3 / 4, Sox2 (see Nature, 451, 141-146 (2008), WO2008 / 118820)
(17) Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Nanog (see WO2008 / 118820)
(18) Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Lin28 (see WO2008 / 118820)
(19) Oct3 / 4, Sox2, c-Myc, Esrrb (where Essrrb can be replaced by Esrrg; see Nat. Cell Biol., 11, 197-203 (2009))
(20) Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Esrrb (see Nat. Cell Biol., 11, 197-203 (2009))
(21) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, L-Myc (See Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 107, 14152-14157 (2010))
(22) Oct3 / 4, Nanog
(23) Oct3 / 4 (See Cell 136: 411-419 (2009), Nature, 08436, doi: 10.1038 published online (2009))
(24) Oct3 / 4, Klf4, c-Myc, Sox2, Nanog, Lin28, SV40LT (see Science, 324: 797-801 (2009))
(25) Nr5a2, Sox2, Klf4, c-Myc (where Nr5a2 can be replaced by Nr5a1, see Cell Stem Cell. 6: 167-74 (2010))
(26) Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, Tbx3 (see Nature. 463: 1096-100 (2010))
(27) Nr5a2, Sox2, c-Myc, GLISl (see WO 2010/098419)
 上記(1)-(27)において、Oct3/4を含む場合、Oct3/4に代えて他のOctファミリーのメンバー、例えばOct1A、Oct6などを用いることもできる。また、Sox2を含む場合、Sox2(又はSox1、Sox3、Sox15、Sox17、Sox18)に代えて他のSoxファミリーのメンバー、例えばSox7などを用いることもできる。さらに上記(1)-(27)においてc-Myc又はLin28を核初期化物質として含む場合、c-Myc又はLin28に代えてそれぞれL-Myc又はLin28Bを用いることもできる。 In the above (1)-(27), when Oct3 / 4 is included, other Oct family members such as Oct1A and Oct6 can be used instead of Oct3 / 4. When Sox2 is included, other Sox family members such as Sox7 can be used instead of Sox2 (or Sox1, Sox3, Sox15, Sox17, Sox18). Further, when c-Myc or Lin28 is included as a nuclear reprogramming substance in the above (1)-(27), L-Myc or Lin28B can be used instead of c-Myc or Lin28, respectively.
 また、上記(1)-(27)には該当しないが、それらのいずれかにおける構成要素をすべて含み、且つ任意の他の物質をさらに含む組み合わせも、本発明における「核初期化物質」の範疇に含まれ得る。また、核初期化の対象となる体細胞が上記(1)-(27)のいずれかにおける構成要素の一部を、核初期化のために十分なレベルで内在的に発現している条件下にあっては、当該構成要素を除いた残りの構成要素のみの組み合わせもまた、本発明における「核初期化物質」の範疇に含まれ得る。 A combination that does not fall under the above (1)-(27) but includes all of the components in any of them and further includes any other substance is also included in the category of “nuclear reprogramming substance” in the present invention. Can be included. In addition, the condition that the somatic cells subject to nuclear reprogramming endogenously express some of the components in any of the above (1)-(27) at a sufficient level for nuclear reprogramming. In this case, a combination of only the remaining components excluding the component can also be included in the category of “nuclear reprogramming substance” in the present invention.
 これらの組み合わせの中で、Oct3/4, Sox2, Klf4, c-Myc若しくはL-Myc, Nanog, Lin28若しくはLin28B及びSV40LTから選択される少なくとも1つ、好ましくは2つ以上、より好ましくは3つ以上が、好ましい核初期化物質の例として挙げられる。
 とりわけ、得られるiPS細胞を治療用途に用いることを念頭においた場合、c-Mycを用いない初期化因子の組み合わせが好ましい。例えばOct3/4, Sox2及びKlf4の3因子の組み合わせ(即ち、上記(9))、Oct3/4, Sox2, Klf4及びL-Mycの4因子の組み合わせ(即ち、上記(2))、又はこれらの組み合わせを含みかつc-Mycを含まない組み合わせを例示することができる。一方、iPS細胞を治療用途に用いることを念頭に置かない場合(例えば、創薬スクリーニング等の研究ツールとして用いる場合など)は、Oct3/4, Sox2及びKlf4の3因子、Oct3/4, Sox2, Klf4及びL-Mycの4因子のほか、Oct3/4, Sox2, Klf4及びc-Mycの4因子、Oct3/4, Sox2, Klf4, c-Myc/L-Myc及び/又はNanog及び/又はLin28/Lin28Bの5又は6因子、さらにSV40 Large Tを加えた6又は7因子などを例示することができる。
Among these combinations, at least one selected from Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, c-Myc or L-Myc, Nanog, Lin28 or Lin28B and SV40LT, preferably two or more, more preferably three or more Are examples of preferred nuclear reprogramming materials.
In particular, when the obtained iPS cells are used for therapeutic purposes, a combination of reprogramming factors not using c-Myc is preferable. For example, a combination of three factors Oct3 / 4, Sox2 and Klf4 (ie (9) above), a combination of four factors Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4 and L-Myc (ie (2) above), or A combination including a combination and not including c-Myc can be exemplified. On the other hand, when iPS cells are not used for therapeutic purposes (for example, as a research tool for drug discovery screening), the three factors Oct3 / 4, Sox2 and Klf4, Oct3 / 4, Sox2, In addition to 4 factors of Klf4 and L-Myc, 4 factors of Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4 and c-Myc, Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, c-Myc / L-Myc and / or Nanog and / or Lin28 / Examples include 5 or 6 factors of Lin28B, and 6 or 7 factors added with SV40 Large T.
 上記の各タンパク性因子のマウス及びヒトcDNA配列情報は、WO 2007/069666又はWO 2010/098419に記載のNCBI accession numbersを参照することにより取得することができ(Nanogは当該公報中では「ECAT4」との名称で記載されている。尚、Lin28、Lin28B、Esrrb、Esrrg、L-Myc、Nr5a2、Nr5a1及びTbx3のマウス及びヒトcDNA配列情報は、それぞれ下記NCBI accession numbersを参照することにより取得できる。)、当業者は容易にこれらのcDNAを単離することができる。
遺伝子名  マウス     ヒト   
Lin28   NM_145833    NM_024674
Lin28b   NM_001031772  NM_001004317
Esrrb   NM_011934    NM_004452
Esrrg   NM_011935    NM_001438
L-Myc   NM_008506    NM_001033081
Nr5a2   NM_030676    NM_205860
Nr5a1   NM_139051    NM_004959
Tbx3    NM_011535    NM_005996
Mouse and human cDNA sequence information of each of the above protein factors can be obtained by referring to NCBI accession numbers described in WO 2007/069666 or WO 2010/098419 (Nanog is “ECAT4” in the publication) The mouse and human cDNA sequence information of Lin28, Lin28B, Esrrb, Esrrg, L-Myc, Nr5a2, Nr5a1, and Tbx3 can be obtained by referring to the following NCBI accession numbers, respectively. ), Those skilled in the art can easily isolate these cDNAs.
Gene name mouse human
Lin28 NM_145833 NM_024674
Lin28b NM_001031772 NM_001004317
Esrrb NM_011934 NM_004452
Esrrg NM_011935 NM_001438
L-Myc NM_008506 NM_001033081
Nr5a2 NM_030676 NM_205860
Nr5a1 NM_139051 NM_004959
Tbx3 NM_011535 NM_005996
 核初期化物質としてタンパク性因子自体を用いる場合には、得られたcDNAを適当な発現ベクターに挿入して宿主細胞に導入し、該細胞を培養して得られる培養物から組換えタンパク性因子を回収することにより調製することができる。一方、核初期化物質としてタンパク性因子をコードする核酸を用いる場合、得られたcDNAを、ウイルスベクター、プラスミドベクター、エピソーマルベクター等に挿入して発現ベクターを構築し、核初期化工程に供される。 When proteinaceous factor itself is used as a nuclear reprogramming substance, the obtained cDNA is inserted into an appropriate expression vector, introduced into a host cell, and cultured from the resulting culture. Can be prepared by recovering. On the other hand, when a nucleic acid encoding a protein factor is used as a nuclear reprogramming substance, the obtained cDNA is inserted into a viral vector, plasmid vector, episomal vector or the like to construct an expression vector, which is then used for the nuclear reprogramming step. Is done.
(d)核初期化物質の体細胞への導入方法
 核初期化物質の体細胞への導入は、該物質がタンパク性因子である場合、自体公知の細胞へのタンパク質導入方法を用いて実施することができる。そのような方法としては、例えば、タンパク質導入試薬を用いる方法、タンパク質導入ドメイン(PTD)若しくは細胞透過性ペプチド(CPP)融合タンパク質を用いる方法、マイクロインジェクション法などが挙げられる。タンパク質導入試薬としては、カチオン性脂質をベースとしたBioPOTER Protein Delivery Reagent(Gene Therapy Systmes)、Pro-JectTM Protein Transfection Reagent(PIERCE)及びProVectin(IMGENEX)、脂質をベースとしたProfect-1(Targeting Systems)、膜透過性ペプチドをベースとしたPenetrain Peptide(Q biogene)及びChariot Kit(Active Motif)、HVJエンベロープ(不活化センダイウイルス)を利用したGenomONE(石原産業)等が市販されている。導入はこれらの試薬に添付のプロトコルに従って行うことができるが、一般的な手順は以下の通りである。核初期化物質を適当な溶媒(例えば、PBS、HEPES等の緩衝液)に希釈し、導入試薬を加えて室温で5-15分程度インキュベートして複合体を形成させ、これを無血清培地に交換した細胞に添加して37℃で1ないし数時間インキュベートする。その後培地を除去して血清含有培地に交換する。
(D) Method of introducing nuclear reprogramming substance into somatic cells When the substance is a proteinaceous factor, the nuclear reprogramming substance is introduced into a somatic cell using a known method for introducing protein into cells. be able to. Examples of such methods include a method using a protein introduction reagent, a method using a protein introduction domain (PTD) or a cell-penetrating peptide (CPP) fusion protein, and a microinjection method. Protein introduction reagents include cationic lipid-based BioPOTER Protein Delivery Reagent (Gene Therapy Systmes), Pro-Ject Protein Transfection Reagent (PIERCE) and ProVectin (IMGENEX), and lipid-based Profect-1 (Targeting Systems) ), Penetrain Peptide (Q biogene) and Chariot Kit (Active Motif) based on a membrane-permeable peptide, GenomONE (Ishihara Sangyo) using HVJ envelope (inactivated Sendai virus), and the like are commercially available. The introduction can be carried out according to the protocol attached to these reagents, but the general procedure is as follows. Dilute the nuclear reprogramming substance in an appropriate solvent (for example, buffer solution such as PBS, HEPES, etc.), add the introduction reagent and incubate at room temperature for about 5-15 minutes to form a complex. Add to the exchanged cells and incubate at 37 ° C for 1 to several hours. Thereafter, the medium is removed and replaced with a serum-containing medium.
 PTDとしては、ショウジョウバエ由来のAntP、HIV由来のTAT (Frankel, A. et al, Cell 55, 1189-93 (1988); Green, M. & Loewenstein, P.M. Cell 55, 1179-88 (1988))、Penetratin (Derossi, D. et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269, 10444-50 (1994))、Buforin II (Park, C. B. et al. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 97, 8245-50 (2000))、Transportan (Pooga, M. et al. FASEB J. 12, 67-77 (1998))、MAP (model amphipathic peptide) (Oehlke, J. et al. Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 1414, 127-39 (1998))、K-FGF (Lin, Y. Z. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 270, 14255-14258 (1995))、Ku70 (Sawada, M. et al. Nature Cell Biol. 5, 352-7 (2003))、Prion (Lundberg, P. et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 299, 85-90 (2002))、pVEC (Elmquist, A. et al. Exp. Cell Res. 269, 237-44 (2001))、Pep-1 (Morris, M. C. et al. Nature Biotechnol. 19, 1173-6 (2001))、Pep-7 (Gao, C. et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. 10, 4057-65 (2002))、SynBl (Rousselle, C. et al. Mol. Pharmacol. 57, 679-86 (2000))、HN-I (Hong, F. D. & Clayman, G L. Cancer Res. 60, 6551-6 (2000))、HSV由来のVP22等のタンパク質の細胞通過ドメインを用いたものが開発されている。PTD由来のCPPとしては、11R (Cell Stem Cell, 4:381-384(2009)) や9R (Cell Stem Cell, 4:472-476(2009))等のポリアルギニンが挙げられる。 As PTD, Drosophila-derived AntP, HIV-derived TAT (Frankel, A. et al, Cell 55, 1189-93 (1988); Green, M. & Loewenstein, PM Cell 55, 1179-88 (1988)), Penetratin (Derossi, D. et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269, 10444-50 (1994)), Buforin II (Park, C. B. et al. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 97, 8245-50 (2000)), Transportan (Pooga, M. et al. FASEB J. 12, 67-77 (1998)), MAP (model amphipathic peptide) (Oehlke, J. et al. Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 1414, 127 -39 (1998)), K-FGF (Lin, Y. Z. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 270, 14255-14258 (1995)), Ku70 (Sawada, M. et al. Nature Cell Biol. 5 , 352-7 (2003)), Prion (Lundberg, P. et al. Biochem. Biophys Res. Commun. 299, 85-90 2002 (2002)), pVEC (Elmquist, A. et al. Exp. 269, 237-44 (2001)), Pep-1 (Morris, M. C. et al. Nature Biotechnol. 19, 1173-6 (2001)), Pep-7 (Gao, C. et al. Bioorg. Med . Chem. 10, 4057-65 (2002)), SynBl (Rousselle, C. et al. Mol. Pharmacol. 57, 679-86 (2000)), HN-I (Hong, F. D. & Clayman, G L. Cancer Res. 60, 6551 -6 (2000)), those using cell-passing domains of proteins such as VP22 derived from HSV have been developed. Examples of CPP derived from PTD include polyarginine such as 11R (Cell Stem Cell, 4: 381-384 (2009)) and 9R (Cell Stem Cell, 4: 472-476 (2009)).
 核初期化物質のcDNAとPTD若しくはCPP配列とを組み込んだ融合タンパク質発現ベクターを作製して組換え発現させ、融合タンパク質を回収して導入に用いる。導入は、タンパク質導入試薬を添加しない以外は上記と同様にして行うことができる。 A fusion protein expression vector incorporating a nuclear reprogramming substance cDNA and a PTD or CPP sequence is prepared and recombinantly expressed, and the fusion protein is recovered and used for introduction. Introduction can be performed in the same manner as described above except that no protein introduction reagent is added.
 マイクロインジェクションは、先端径1μm程度のガラス針にタンパク質溶液を入れ、細胞に穿刺導入する方法であり、確実に細胞内にタンパク質を導入することができる。 Microinjection is a method in which a protein solution is put into a glass needle having a tip diameter of about 1 μm and puncture is introduced into a cell, and the protein can be reliably introduced into the cell.
 タンパク質導入操作は1回以上の任意の回数(例えば、1回以上10回以下、又は1回以上5回以下等)行うことができ、好ましくは導入操作を2回以上(たとえば3回又は4回)繰り返して行うことができる。導入操作を繰り返し行う場合の間隔としては、例えば6時間~7日間、好ましくは12~48時間若しくは7日間が挙げられる。 The protein introduction operation can be performed any number of one or more times (for example, 1 to 10 times, or 1 to 5 times, etc.), and preferably the introduction operation is performed twice or more (for example, 3 or 4 times). ) Can be done repeatedly. Examples of the interval when the introduction operation is repeated include 6 hours to 7 days, preferably 12 to 48 hours or 7 days.
 iPS細胞の樹立効率を重視するのであれば、核初期化物質を、タンパク性因子自体としてではなく、それをコードする核酸の形態で用いることが好ましい。該核酸はDNAであってもRNAであってもよく、或いはDNA/RNAキメラであってもよいが、また、該核酸は二本鎖であっても、一本鎖であってもよい。好ましくは該核酸は二本鎖DNA、特にcDNAである。
 核初期化物質のcDNAは、宿主となる体細胞で機能し得るプロモーターを含む適当な発現ベクターに挿入される。発現ベクターとしては、例えば、レトロウイルス、レンチウイルス、アデノウイルス、アデノ随伴ウイルス、ヘルペスウイルス、センダイウイルスなどのウイルスベクター、動物細胞発現プラスミド(例、pA1-11,pXT1,pRc/CMV,pRc/RSV,pcDNAI/Neo)などが用いられ得る。
If importance is attached to the establishment efficiency of iPS cells, it is preferable to use the nuclear reprogramming substance in the form of a nucleic acid that encodes it rather than as a protein factor itself. The nucleic acid may be DNA or RNA, or may be a DNA / RNA chimera. The nucleic acid may be double-stranded or single-stranded. Preferably the nucleic acid is double stranded DNA, in particular cDNA.
The cDNA of the nuclear reprogramming substance is inserted into an appropriate expression vector containing a promoter that can function in a host somatic cell. Examples of expression vectors include retroviruses, lentiviruses, adenoviruses, adeno-associated viruses, herpes viruses, Sendai virus and other viral vectors, animal cell expression plasmids (eg, pA1-11, pXT1, pRc / CMV, pRc / RSV). , PcDNAI / Neo) or the like.
 用いるベクターの種類は、得られるiPS細胞の用途に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、アデノウイルスベクター、プラスミドベクター、アデノ随伴ウイルスベクター、レトロウイルスベクター、レンチウイルスベクター、センダイウイルスベクター、エピソーマルベクターなどが使用され得る。 The type of vector to be used can be appropriately selected according to the intended use of the iPS cells obtained. For example, adenovirus vectors, plasmid vectors, adeno-associated virus vectors, retrovirus vectors, lentivirus vectors, Sendai virus vectors, episomal vectors and the like can be used.
 発現ベクターにおいて使用されるプロモーターとしては、例えばEF1αプロモーター、CAGプロモーター、SRαプロモーター、SV40プロモーター、LTRプロモーター、CMV(サイトメガロウイルス)プロモーター、RSV(ラウス肉腫ウイルス)プロモーター、MoMuLV(モロニーマウス白血病ウイルス)LTR、HSV-TK(単純ヘルペスウイルスチミジンキナーゼ)プロモーターなどが用いられる。なかでも、EF1αプロモーター、CAGプロモーター、MoMuLV LTR、CMVプロモーター、SRαプロモーターなどが好ましい。 Examples of the promoter used in the expression vector include EF1α promoter, CAG promoter, SRα promoter, SV40 promoter, LTR promoter, CMV (cytomegalovirus) promoter, RSV (rous sarcoma virus) promoter, MoMuLV (Molone murine leukemia virus) LTR. HSV-TK (herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase) promoter and the like are used. Of these, EF1α promoter, CAG promoter, MoMuLV LTR, CMV promoter, SRα promoter and the like are preferable.
 発現ベクターは、プロモーターの他に、所望によりエンハンサー、ポリA付加シグナル、選択マーカー遺伝子、SV40複製起点などを含有していてもよい。選択マーカー遺伝子としては、例えば、ジヒドロ葉酸還元酵素遺伝子、ネオマイシン耐性遺伝子、ピューロマイシン耐性遺伝子等が挙げられる。 In addition to the promoter, the expression vector may contain an enhancer, a poly A addition signal, a selection marker gene, an SV40 replication origin, and the like as desired. Examples of the selection marker gene include a dihydrofolate reductase gene, a neomycin resistance gene, a puromycin resistance gene, and the like.
 核初期化物質である核酸(初期化遺伝子)は、各々別個の発現ベクター上に組み込んでもよいし、1つの発現ベクターに2種類以上、好ましくは2~3種類の遺伝子を組み込んでもよい。遺伝子導入効率の高いレトロウイルスやレンチウイルスベクターを用いる場合は前者が、プラスミド、アデノウイルス、エピソーマルベクターなどを用いる場合は後者を選択することが好ましい。さらに、2種類以上の遺伝子を組み込んだ発現ベクターと、1遺伝子のみを組み込んだ発現ベクターとを併用することもできる。 Nucleic acid that is a nuclear reprogramming substance (reprogramming gene) may be incorporated on separate expression vectors, or two or more, preferably 2-3 types of genes may be incorporated into one expression vector. It is preferable to select the former when using a retrovirus or lentiviral vector with high gene transfer efficiency, and the latter when using a plasmid, adenovirus, episomal vector, or the like. Furthermore, an expression vector incorporating two or more types of genes and an expression vector incorporating only one gene can be used in combination.
 上記において複数の初期化遺伝子(例えば、Oct3/4、Sox2、Klf4、c-Mycから選択される2つ以上、好ましくは2~3遺伝子)を1つの発現ベクターに組み込む場合、これら複数の遺伝子は、好ましくはポリシストロニック発現を可能にする配列を介して発現ベクターに組み込むことができる。ポリシストロニック発現を可能にする配列を用いることにより、1種類の発現ベクターに組み込まれている複数の遺伝子をより効率的に発現させることが可能になる。ポリシストロニック発現を可能にする配列としては、例えば、口蹄疫ウイルスの2A配列(PLoS ONE3, e2532, 2008、Stem Cells 25, 1707, 2007)、IRES配列(U.S. Patent No. 4,937,190)など、好ましくは2A配列を用いることができる。 When a plurality of reprogramming genes (for example, two or more selected from Oct3 / 4, Sox2, Klf4, and c-Myc, preferably 2 to 3 genes) are incorporated into one expression vector, the plurality of genes are Can be incorporated into the expression vector, preferably via a sequence allowing polycistronic expression. By using a sequence that allows polycistronic expression, a plurality of genes incorporated in one type of expression vector can be expressed more efficiently. Examples of sequences enabling polycistronic expression include 2A sequences of foot-and-mouth disease virus (PLoS ONE3, e2532, 2008, Stem Cells 25, 1707, 2007), IRES sequences (US Patent No. 4,937,190), preferably 2A An array can be used.
 初期化遺伝子を含む発現ベクターは、ベクターの種類に応じて、自体公知の手法により細胞に導入することができる。例えば、ウイルスベクターの場合、該核酸を含むプラスミドを適当なパッケージング細胞(例、Plat-E細胞)や相補細胞株(例、293細胞)に導入して、培養上清中に産生されるウイルスベクターを回収し、各ウイルスベクターに応じた適切な方法により、該ベクターを細胞に感染させる。例えば、ベクターとしてレトロウイルスベクターを用いる具体的手段が WO2007/69666、Cell, 126, 663-676 (2006) 及び Cell, 131, 861-872 (2007) に開示されており、ベクターとしてレンチウイルスベクターを用いる場合については、Science, 318, 1917-1920 (2007) に開示がある。iPS細胞を移植治療等の医療用途に利用する場合、初期化遺伝子の発現(再活性化)は、iPS細胞から分化させた移植細胞における発癌リスクを高める可能性があるので、初期化遺伝子は細胞の染色体に組み込まれず、一過的に発現することが好ましい。かかる観点からは、染色体への組込みが稀なアデノウイルスベクターの使用が好ましい。アデノウイルスベクターを用いる具体的手段は、Science, 322, 945-949 (2008)に開示されている。また、アデノ随伴ウイルスも染色体への組込み頻度が低く、アデノウイルスベクターと比べて細胞毒性や炎症惹起作用が低いので、別の好ましいベクターとして挙げられる。センダイウイルスベクターは染色体外で安定に存在することができ、必要に応じてsiRNAにより分解除去することができるので、同様に好ましく利用され得る。センダイウイルスベクターについては、J. Biol. Chem., 282, 27383-27391 (2007) や特許第3602058号に記載のものを用いることができる。 The expression vector containing the reprogramming gene can be introduced into cells by a technique known per se, depending on the type of vector. For example, in the case of a viral vector, a virus produced in the culture supernatant by introducing a plasmid containing the nucleic acid into an appropriate packaging cell (eg, Plat-E cell) or a complementary cell line (eg, 293 cell) The vector is collected and cells are infected with the vector by an appropriate method according to each viral vector. For example, specific means using a retroviral vector as a vector are disclosed in WO2007 / 69666, Cell, 126, 663-676 (2006) and Cell, 131, 861-872 (2007). The case of use is disclosed in Science, 318, 1917-1920 (2007) 2007. When iPS cells are used for medical purposes such as transplantation therapy, the expression (reactivation) of reprogramming genes may increase the risk of carcinogenesis in transplanted cells differentiated from iPS cells. It is preferable that it is transiently expressed without being integrated into the chromosome. From this point of view, it is preferable to use an adenovirus vector that rarely integrates into the chromosome. Specific means using an adenoviral vector is disclosed in Science, 322, 945-949 (2008). In addition, adeno-associated virus also has a low frequency of integration into chromosomes, and has lower cytotoxicity and inflammation-inducing action than adenovirus vectors, and thus can be mentioned as another preferred vector. The Sendai virus vector can exist stably outside the chromosome, and can be preferably used in the same manner because it can be decomposed and removed by siRNA as necessary. As the Sendai virus vector, those described in J. Biol. Chem., 282, 27383-27391 (2007) and Japanese Patent No. 3602058 can be used.
 レトロウイルスベクターやレンチウイルスベクターを用いる場合は、いったん導入遺伝子のサイレンシングが起こったとしても、後に再活性化される可能性があるので、例えば、Cre/loxPシステムを用いて、不要となった時点で核初期化物質をコードする核酸を切り出す方法が好ましく用いられ得る。即ち、該核酸の両端にloxP配列を配置しておき、iPS細胞が誘導された後で、プラスミドベクター若しくはアデノウイルスベクターを用いて細胞にCreリコンビナーゼを作用させ、loxP配列に挟まれた領域を切り出すことができる。また、LTR U3領域のエンハンサー-プロモーター配列は、挿入突然変異によって近傍の宿主遺伝子を上方制御する可能性があるので、当該配列を欠失、若しくはSV40などのポリアデニル化配列で置換した3’-自己不活性化(SIN)LTRを使用して、切り出されずゲノム中に残存するloxP配列より外側のLTRによる内因性遺伝子の発現制御を回避することがより好ましい。Cre-loxPシステム及びSIN LTRを用いる具体的手段は、Chang et al., Stem Cells, 27: 1042-1049 (2009) に開示されている。 When using a retrovirus vector or lentivirus vector, even if silencing of the transgene occurs, it may be reactivated later, so it became unnecessary, for example, using the Cre / loxP system A method of excising a nucleic acid encoding a nuclear reprogramming substance at a time point can be preferably used. That is, loxP sequences are arranged at both ends of the nucleic acid, and after iPS cells are induced, Cre recombinase is allowed to act on the cells using a plasmid vector or an adenovirus vector to cut out the region sandwiched between the loxP sequences. be able to. In addition, the enhancer-promoter sequence in the LTR 領域 U3 region may up-regulate nearby host genes by insertion mutation. Therefore, the 3′-self is deleted or replaced with a polyadenylation sequence such as SV40. More preferably, an inactivated (SIN) LTR is used to avoid expression control of the endogenous gene by an LTR outside the loxP sequence that is not excised and remains in the genome. Specific means using the Cre-loxP system and the SIN LTR are disclosed in Chang et al., Stem Cells, 27: 1042-1049 (2009).
 一方、非ウイルスベクターであるプラスミドベクターの場合には、リポフェクション法、リポソーム法、エレクトロポレーション法、リン酸カルシウム共沈殿法、DEAEデキストラン法、マイクロインジェクション法、遺伝子銃法などを用いて該ベクターを細胞に導入することができる。ベクターとしてプラスミドを用いる具体的手段は、例えばScience, 322, 949-953 (2008) 等に記載されている。 On the other hand, in the case of a plasmid vector which is a non-viral vector, the vector is transferred to cells using lipofection method, liposome method, electroporation method, calcium phosphate coprecipitation method, DEAE dextran method, microinjection method, gene gun method, etc. Can be introduced. Specific means using a plasmid as a vector are described in, for example, Science, 322, 949-953 (2008).
 プラスミドベクターやアデノウイルスベクター等を用いる場合、遺伝子導入は1回以上の任意の回数(例えば、1回以上10回以下、又は1回以上5回以下など)行うことができる。2種以上の発現ベクターを体細胞に導入する場合には、これらの全ての種類の発現ベクターを同時に体細胞に導入することが好ましいが、この場合においても、導入操作は1回以上の任意の回数(例えば、1回以上10回以下、又は1回以上5回以下など)行うことができ、好ましくは導入操作を2回以上(たとえば3回又は4回)繰り返して行うことができる。 When a plasmid vector, adenovirus vector, or the like is used, gene transfer can be performed any number of times of 1 or more (for example, 1 to 10 times, or 1 to 5 times). When two or more types of expression vectors are introduced into a somatic cell, it is preferable to introduce all these types of expression vectors into the somatic cell at the same time. The number of times (for example, 1 or more and 10 or less, or 1 or more and 5 or less, etc.) can be performed, and the introduction operation can be preferably repeated by 2 or more times (for example, 3 or 4 times).
 尚、アデノウイルスやプラスミドを用いる場合でも、導入遺伝子が染色体に組み込まれることがあるので、結局はサザンブロットやPCRにより染色体への遺伝子挿入がないことを確認する必要がある。そのため、上記Cre-loxPシステムのように、いったん染色体に導入遺伝子を組み込んだ後に、該遺伝子を除去する手段を用いることは好都合であり得る。別の好ましい一実施態様においては、トランスポゾンを用いて染色体に導入遺伝子を組み込んだ後に、プラスミドベクター若しくはアデノウイルスベクターを用いて細胞に転移酵素を作用させ、導入遺伝子を完全に染色体から除去する方法が用いられ得る。好ましいトランスポゾンとしては、例えば、鱗翅目昆虫由来のトランスポゾンであるpiggyBac等が挙げられる。piggyBacトランスポゾンを用いる具体的手段は、Kaji, K. et al., Nature, 458: 771-775 (2009)、Woltjen et al., Nature, 458: 766-770 (2009) に開示されている。
 別の好ましい非組込み型ベクターとして、染色体外で自律複製可能なエピソーマルベクターが挙げられる。エピソーマルベクターを用いる具体的手段は、Yu et al., Science, 324, 797-801 (2009)に開示されている。
Even when an adenovirus or a plasmid is used, since the transgene may be integrated into the chromosome, it is necessary to finally confirm that there is no gene insertion into the chromosome by Southern blotting or PCR. Therefore, it may be advantageous to use a means for removing the gene after the transgene has been once integrated into the chromosome, as in the Cre-loxP system. In another preferred embodiment, there is a method for completely removing a transgene from a chromosome by incorporating a transgene into a chromosome using a transposon and then allowing a transferase to act on the cell using a plasmid vector or an adenovirus vector. Can be used. Preferred transposons include, for example, piggyBac, which is a transposon derived from a lepidopteran insect. Specific means using the piggyBac transposon are disclosed in Kaji, K. et al., Nature, 458: 771-775 (2009), Woltjen et al., Nature, 458: 766-770 (2009).
Another preferred non-integrated vector is an episomal vector capable of autonomous replication outside the chromosome. Specific means using an episomal vector is disclosed in Yu et al., Science, 324, 797-801 (2009).
 本発明に用いられるエピソーマルベクターとしては、例えば、EBV、SV40等に由来する自律複製に必要な配列をベクター要素として含むベクターが挙げられる。自律複製に必要なベクター要素としては、具体的には、複製開始点と、複製開始点に結合して複製を制御するタンパク質をコードする遺伝子であり、例えば、EBVにあっては複製開始点oriPとEBNA-1遺伝子、SV40にあっては複製開始点oriとSV40 large T antigen遺伝子が挙げられる。 Examples of the episomal vector used in the present invention include a vector containing a sequence necessary for autonomous replication derived from EBV, SV40, etc. as a vector element. Specifically, vector elements necessary for autonomous replication include a replication origin and a gene encoding a protein that binds to the replication origin and controls replication. For example, in EBV, the replication origin oriP And EBNA-1 gene, SV40 includes the origin of replication ori and SV40 large T antigen gene.
 また、エピソーマル発現ベクターは、初期化遺伝子の転写を制御するプロモーターを含む。該プロモーターとしては、前記と同様のプロモーターが用いられ得る。また、エピソーマル発現ベクターは、前記と同様に、所望によりエンハンサー、ポリA付加シグナル、選択マーカー遺伝子などをさらに含有していてもよい。選択マーカー遺伝子としては、例えば、ジヒドロ葉酸還元酵素遺伝子、ネオマイシン耐性遺伝子等が挙げられる。 The episomal expression vector also contains a promoter that controls transcription of the reprogramming gene. As the promoter, the same promoter as described above can be used. Moreover, the episomal expression vector may further contain an enhancer, a poly A addition signal, a selection marker gene, and the like as desired, as described above. Examples of the selection marker gene include a dihydrofolate reductase gene and a neomycin resistance gene.
 エピソーマルベクターは、例えばリポフェクション法、リポソーム法、エレクトロポレーション法、リン酸カルシウム共沈殿法、DEAEデキストラン法、マイクロインジェクション法、遺伝子銃法などを用いて該ベクターを細胞に導入することができる。具体的には、例えばScience, 324: 797-801 (2009)等に記載される方法を用いることができる。 Episomal vectors can be introduced into cells using, for example, lipofection method, liposome method, electroporation method, calcium phosphate coprecipitation method, DEAE dextran method, microinjection method, gene gun method and the like. Specifically, for example, the method described in Science, 324: 797-801 (2009) can be used.
 iPS細胞からエピソーマルベクターが除去されたか否かの確認は、該ベクターの一部をプローブ又はプライマーとして用い、iPS細胞から単離したエピソーム画分を鋳型としてサザンブロット分析又はPCR分析を行い、バンドの有無又は検出バンドの長さを調べることにより実施することができる。エピソーム画分の調製は当該分野で周知の方法を用いて行えばよく、例えば、Science, 324: 797-801 (2009)等に記載される方法を用いることができる。 Whether or not the episomal vector has been removed from the iPS cell is determined by performing Southern blot analysis or PCR analysis using a part of the vector as a probe or primer and the episomal fraction isolated from the iPS cell as a template. It can be carried out by examining the presence or absence of the light or the length of the detection band. The episomal fraction may be prepared by a method well known in the art, for example, a method described in Science, 324: 797-801 (2009) or the like.
(e)他のiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質
 従来iPS細胞の樹立効率が低いために、近年、その効率を改善する物質が種々提案されている。よって前記本発明の樹立効率改善因子に加え、他の樹立効率改善物質を体細胞に接触させることにより、iPS細胞の樹立効率をより高めることが期待できる。
 他のiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質としては、例えば、ヒストンデアセチラーゼ(HDAC)阻害剤[例えば、バルプロ酸(VPA)、トリコスタチンA(TSA)、酪酸ナトリウム(Cell Stem Cell, 7: 651-655 (2010))、MC 1293、M344等の低分子阻害剤、HDACに対するsiRNA及びshRNA(例、HDAC1 siRNA SmartpoolTM(Millipore)、HuSH 29mer shRNA Constructs against HDAC1 (OriGene)等)等の核酸性発現阻害剤など]、DNAメチルトランスフェラーゼ阻害剤(例えば5’-azacytidine (5’azaC))(Nat. Biotechnol., 26(7): 795-797 (2008))、G9aヒストンメチルトランスフェラーゼ阻害剤[例えば、BIX-01294 (Cell Stem Cell, 2: 525-528 (2008))等の低分子阻害剤、G9aに対するsiRNA及びshRNA(例、G9a siRNA(human) (Santa Cruz Biotechnology)等)等の核酸性発現阻害剤など]、L-channel calcium agonist (例えばBayk8644) (Cell Stem Cell, 3, 568-574 (2008))、p53阻害剤(例えばp53に対するsiRNA、shRNA、ドミナントネガティブ体など (Cell Stem Cell, 3, 475-479 (2008); Nature 460, 1132-1135 (2009)))、Wnt Signaling(例えばsoluble Wnt3a)(Cell Stem Cell, 3, 132-135 (2008))、2i/LIF (2iはmitogen-activated protein kinase signalling及びglycogen synthase kinase-3の阻害剤; PLoS Biology, 6(10), 2237-2247 (2008))、ES細胞特異的miRNA(例えば、miR-302-367クラスター (Mol. Cell. Biol. doi:10.1128/MCB.00398-08)、miR-302 (RNA (2008) 14: 1-10)、miR-291-3p, miR-294及びmiR-295 (以上、Nat. Biotechnol. 27: 459-461 (2009)))、3’-phosphoinositide-dependent kinase-1 (PDK1) activator(例、PS48 (Cell Stem Cell, 7: 651-655 (2010)) など)、神経ペプチドY(WO 2010/147395)、プロスタグランジン類(例えば、プロスタグランジンE2及びプロスタグランジンJ2)(WO 2010/068955)等が挙げられるが、それらに限定されない。前記で核酸性の発現阻害剤はsiRNA若しくはshRNAをコードするDNAを含む発現ベクターの形態であってもよい。
(E) Other iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substances Since the establishment efficiency of conventional iPS cells is low, various substances for improving the efficiency have recently been proposed. Therefore, in addition to the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention, it is expected that the establishment efficiency of iPS cells can be further enhanced by bringing other establishment efficiency improving substances into contact with somatic cells.
Other iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substances include, for example, histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors [for example, valproic acid (VPA), trichostatin A (TSA), sodium butyrate (Cell Stem Cell, 7: 651- 655 (2010)), small molecule inhibitors such as MC 1293, M344, siRNA and shRNA against HDAC (eg, HDAC1 siRNA Smartpool TM (Millipore), HuSH 29mer shRNA Constructs against HDAC1 (OriGene), etc.) Agents], DNA methyltransferase inhibitors (eg 5'-azacytidine (5'azaC)) (Nat. Biotechnol., 26 (7): 795-797 (2008)), G9a histone methyltransferase inhibitors [eg BIX -01294 (Cell Stem Cell, 2: 525-528 (2008)) and other small molecule inhibitors, G9a siRNA and shRNA (eg, G9a siRNA (human) (Santa Cruz Biotechnology) etc.) and other nucleic acid expression inhibitors Etc.], L-channel calcium agonist (eg Bayk8644) (Cell Stem Cell, 3, 568-574 (2008)), p53 inhibitor (eg p5 SiRNA against shRNA, shRNA, dominant negative etc. (Cell Stem Cell, 3, 475-479 (2008); Nature 460, 1132-1135 (2009))), Wnt Signaling (eg soluble Wnt3a) (Cell Stem Cell, 3, 132-135 (2008)), 2i / LIF (2i is an inhibitor of mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling and glycogen synthase kinase-3; PLoS Biology, 6 (10), 2237-2247 (2008)), ES cell specific miRNA (eg miR-302-367 cluster (Mol. Cell. Biol. doi: 10.1128 / MCB.00398-08), miR-302 (RNA (2008) 14: 1-10), miR-291-3p, miR -294 and miR-295 (Nat. Biotechnol. 27: 459-461 (2009))), 3'-phosphoinositide-dependent kinase-1 (PDK1) activator (eg, PS48 (Cell Stem Cell, 7: 651- 655 (2010))), neuropeptide Y (WO 2010/147395), prostaglandins (for example, prostaglandin E2 and prostaglandin J2) (WO 2010/068955), and the like. Not. The nucleic acid expression inhibitor may be in the form of an expression vector containing DNA encoding siRNA or shRNA.
 尚、前記核初期化物質の構成要素のうち、例えばSV40 large T等は、体細胞の核初期化のために必須ではなく補助的な因子であるという点において、iPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質の範疇にも含まれ得る。核初期化の機序が明らかでない現状においては、核初期化に必須の因子以外の補助的な因子について、それらを核初期化物質として位置づけるか、或いはiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質として位置づけるかは便宜的であってもよい。即ち、体細胞の核初期化プロセスは、体細胞への核初期化物質及びiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質の接触によって生じる全体的事象として捉えられるので、当業者にとって両者を必ずしも明確に区別する必要性はないであろう。 Among the components of the nuclear reprogramming substance, for example, SV40 large T is not an essential factor for somatic cell nuclear reprogramming, but is an auxiliary factor. It can also be included in a category. In the current situation where the mechanism of nuclear reprogramming is not clear, whether auxiliary factors other than those essential for nuclear reprogramming are positioned as nuclear reprogramming substances or substances that improve the establishment efficiency of iPS cells. It may be convenient. In other words, the somatic cell nuclear reprogramming process is regarded as an overall event caused by the contact of the somatic cell with the nuclear reprogramming substance and the iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substance. There will be no gender.
 他のiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質の体細胞への接触は、該物質が(a) タンパク性因子である場合、(b) 該タンパク性因子をコードする核酸である場合に応じて、核初期化物質についてそれぞれ上記したと同様の方法により、実施することができる。一方、該物質が(c) 低分子化合物である場合、該物質の体細胞への接触は、該因子を適当な濃度で水性若しくは非水性溶媒に溶解し、ヒト又は他の哺乳動物より単離した体細胞の培養に適した培地(例えば、最小必須培地(MEM)、ダルベッコ改変イーグル培地(DMEM)、RPMI1640培地、199培地、F12培地(約5~20%の胎仔ウシ血清を含んでもよい)等)中に添加して、細胞を一定期間培養することにより実施することができる。因子濃度は用いる樹立効率改善物質の種類によって異なるが、約0.1nM~約100μMの範囲で適宜選択される。接触期間は細胞の核初期化が達成されるのに十分な時間であれば特に制限はないが、通常は陽性コロニーが出現するまで培地に共存させておけばよい。 The contact of the other iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substance with the somatic cell may be performed depending on whether the substance is (a) protein factor or (b) 核酸 nucleic acid encoding the protein factor. Each of the chemical substances can be carried out by the same method as described above. On the other hand, when the substance is (c) a low molecular weight compound, contact of the substance with somatic cells can be achieved by dissolving the factor in an aqueous or non-aqueous solvent at an appropriate concentration and isolating it from a human or other mammal. Medium suitable for culturing cultured somatic cells (eg, minimal essential medium (MEM), Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM), RPMI1640 medium, 199 medium, F12 medium (may contain about 5-20% fetal calf serum) Etc.) and the cells can be cultured for a certain period of time. The factor concentration varies depending on the type of establishment efficiency improving substance used, but is appropriately selected within the range of about 0.1 nM to about 100 μM. The contact period is not particularly limited as long as it is a time sufficient for the nuclear reprogramming of the cells to be achieved, but it is usually sufficient that the contact period coexists in the medium until a positive colony appears.
 他のiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質は、該物質の非存在下と比較して体細胞からのiPS細胞樹立効率が有意に改善される限り、核初期化物質と同時に体細胞に接触させてもよいし、また、どちらかを先に接触させてもよい。一実施態様において、例えば、核初期化物質がタンパク性因子をコードする核酸であり、iPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質が化学的阻害物質である場合には、前者は遺伝子導入処理からタンパク性因子を大量発現するまでに一定期間のラグがあるのに対し、後者は速やかに細胞に作用しうることから、遺伝子導入処理から一定期間細胞を培養した後に、iPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質を培地に添加することができる。別の実施態様において、例えば、核初期化物質とiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質とがいずれもウイルスベクターやプラスミドベクターの形態で用いられる場合には、両者を同時に細胞に導入してもよい。 Other iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substances can be contacted with somatic cells at the same time as the nuclear reprogramming substance as long as iPS cell establishment efficiency from somatic cells is significantly improved compared to the absence of the substance. Either may be contacted first. In one embodiment, for example, when the nuclear reprogramming substance is a nucleic acid encoding a proteinous factor, and the substance that improves the establishment efficiency of iPS cells is a chemical inhibitor, the former removes the proteinous factor from the gene transfer treatment. Since there is a lag of a certain period until large-scale expression, the latter can act on the cells quickly, so after culturing the cells for a certain period from the gene transfer treatment, a substance that improves the establishment efficiency of iPS cells is added to the medium can do. In another embodiment, for example, when both a nuclear reprogramming substance and an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substance are used in the form of a viral vector or a plasmid vector, both may be introduced into a cell simultaneously.
(f)培養条件による樹立効率の改善
 体細胞の核初期化工程において低酸素条件下で細胞を培養することにより、iPS細胞の樹立効率をさらに改善することができる(Cell Stem Cell., 5(3): 237-241 (2009); WO2010/013845を参照)。本明細書において「低酸素条件」とは、細胞を培養する際の雰囲気中の酸素濃度が、大気中のそれよりも有意に低いことを意味する。具体的には、通常の細胞培養で一般的に使用される5-10% CO2/95-90%大気の雰囲気中の酸素濃度よりも低い酸素濃度の条件が挙げられ、例えば雰囲気中の酸素濃度が18%以下の条件が該当する。好ましくは、雰囲気中の酸素濃度は15%以下(例、14%以下、13%以下、12%以下、11%以下など)、10%以下(例、9%以下、8%以下、7%以下、6%以下など)、又は5%以下(例、4%以下、3%以下、2%以下など)である。また、雰囲気中の酸素濃度は、好ましくは0.1%以上(例、0.2%以上、0.3%以上、0.4%以上など)、0.5%以上(例、0.6%以上、0.7%以上、0.8%以上、0.9%以上など)、又は1%以上(例、1.1%以上、1.2%以上、1.3%以上、1.4%以上など)である。
(F) Improving the establishment efficiency by culturing conditions The iPS cell establishment efficiency can be further improved by culturing the cells under hypoxic conditions in the somatic cell nuclear reprogramming step (Cell Stem Cell., 5 ( 3): 237-241 (2009); see WO2010 / 013845). In the present specification, the “hypoxic condition” means that the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere when cells are cultured is significantly lower than that in the air. Specifically, the oxygen concentration condition is lower than the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere of 5-10% CO 2 / 95-90% air generally used in normal cell culture. For example, oxygen in the atmosphere Conditions with a concentration of 18% or less apply. Preferably, the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere is 15% or less (eg, 14% or less, 13% or less, 12% or less, 11% or less, etc.), 10% or less (eg, 9% or less, 8% or less, 7% or less) 6% or less), or 5% or less (eg, 4% or less, 3% or less, 2% or less, etc.). The oxygen concentration in the atmosphere is preferably 0.1% or more (eg, 0.2% or more, 0.3% or more, 0.4% or more), 0.5% or more (eg, 0.6% or more, 0.7% or more, 0.8% or more, 0.9 % Or more), or 1% or more (eg, 1.1% or more, 1.2% or more, 1.3% or more, 1.4% or more, etc.).
 細胞の環境において低酸素状態を創出する手法は特に制限されないが、酸素濃度の調節可能なCO2インキュベーター内で細胞を培養する方法が最も容易であり、好適な例として挙げられる。酸素濃度の調節可能なCO2インキュベーターは、種々の機器メーカーから販売されている(例えば、Thermo scientific社、池本理化学工業、十慈フィールド、和研薬株式会社などのメーカー製の低酸素培養用CO2インキュベーターを用いることができる)。 A method for creating a hypoxic state in the cell environment is not particularly limited, but a method of culturing the cells in a CO 2 incubator in which the oxygen concentration can be adjusted is the easiest and is a preferable example. CO 2 incubators with adjustable oxygen concentration are sold by various equipment manufacturers (for example, CO for low oxygen culture by manufacturers such as Thermo scientific, Ikemoto Rika Kogyo, Toji Field, and Waken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) 2 incubators can be used).
 低酸素条件下で細胞培養を開始する時期は、iPS細胞の樹立効率が正常酸素濃度(20%)の場合に比して改善されることを妨げない限り特に限定されず、体細胞への本発明の樹立効率改善因子及び核初期化物質の接触より前であっても、該接触と同時であっても、該接触より後であってもよいが、例えば、体細胞に核初期化物質を接触させた直後から、或いは接触後一定期間(例えば、1ないし10(例、2,3,4,5,6,7,8又は9)日)おいた後に低酸素条件下で培養することが好ましい。 The time when cell culture is started under hypoxic conditions is not particularly limited as long as it does not prevent the iPS cell establishment efficiency from being improved compared to the case of normal oxygen concentration (20%). Although it may be before contact with the establishment efficiency improving factor of the invention and the nuclear reprogramming substance, simultaneously with the contact, or after the contact, Incubate under hypoxic conditions immediately after contact or after a period of time (eg 1 to 10 (eg, 2,3,4,5,6,7,8 or 9) days) after contact. preferable.
 低酸素条件下で細胞を培養する期間も、iPS細胞の樹立効率が正常酸素濃度(20%)の場合に比して改善されることを妨げない限り特に限定されず、例えば3日以上、5日以上、7日以上又は10日以上で、50日以下、40日以下、35日以下又は30日以下の期間等が挙げられるが、それらに限定されない。低酸素条件下での好ましい培養期間は、雰囲気中の酸素濃度によっても変動し、当業者は用いる酸素濃度に応じて適宜当該培養期間を調整することができる。また、一実施態様において、iPS細胞の候補コロニーの選択を、薬剤耐性を指標にして行う場合には、薬剤選択を開始する迄に低酸素条件から正常酸素濃度に戻すことが好ましい。 The period for culturing cells under hypoxic conditions is not particularly limited as long as it does not prevent the establishment efficiency of iPS cells from being improved compared to the case of normal oxygen concentration (20%). Examples include, but not limited to, a period of not less than 7 days, not less than 10 days, not more than 50 days, not more than 40 days, not more than 35 days, or not more than 30 days. A preferable culture period under low oxygen conditions varies depending on the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere, and those skilled in the art can appropriately adjust the culture period according to the oxygen concentration used. In one embodiment, when selection of iPS cell candidate colonies is performed using drug resistance as an index, it is preferable to return from a low oxygen condition to a normal oxygen concentration before drug selection is started.
 さらに、低酸素条件下で細胞培養を開始する好ましい時期及び好ましい培養期間は、用いられる核初期化物質の種類、正常酸素濃度条件下でのiPS細胞樹立効率などによっても変動する。 Furthermore, the preferred timing and preferred culture period for starting cell culture under hypoxic conditions vary depending on the type of nuclear reprogramming substance used, iPS cell establishment efficiency under normoxic conditions, and the like.
(g)iPS細胞の選択及び確認
 本発明の樹立効率改善因子と核初期化物質(及び他のiPS細胞の樹立効率改善物質)とを接触させた後、細胞を、例えばES細胞の培養に適した条件下で培養することができる。マウス細胞の場合、通常の培地に分化抑制因子としてLeukemia Inhibitory Factor(LIF)を添加して培養を行う。一方、ヒト細胞の場合には、通常、LIFの代わりに塩基性線維芽細胞増殖因子(bFGF)及び/又は幹細胞因子(SCF)を添加することが望ましい。
(G) Selection and confirmation of iPS cells After contacting the establishment efficiency improving factor of the present invention with a nuclear reprogramming substance (and other iPS cell establishment efficiency improving substances), the cells are suitable for, for example, culturing ES cells. Can be cultured under different conditions. In the case of mouse cells, Leukemia Inhibitory Factor (LIF) is added to a normal medium as a differentiation inhibitory factor and cultured. On the other hand, in the case of human cells, it is usually desirable to add basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) and / or stem cell factor (SCF) instead of LIF.
 また通常、細胞は、フィーダー細胞として、放射線や抗生物質で処理して細胞分裂を停止させたマウス胎仔由来の線維芽細胞(MEF)の共存下で培養される。MEFとしては、通常STO細胞等がよく使われるが、iPS細胞の誘導には、SNL細胞(McMahon, A. P. & Bradley, A. Cell 62, 1073-1085 (1990))等がよく使われている。フィーダー細胞との共培養は、核初期化物質の接触より前から開始してもよいし、該接触時から、或いは該接触より後(例えば1-10日後)から開始してもよい。 Ordinarily, the cells are cultured as feeder cells in the presence of mouse embryonic fibroblasts (MEFs) that have been treated with radiation or antibiotics to stop cell division. STO cells are usually used as MEFs, but SNL cells (McMahon, A. P. & Bradley, A. Cell 62, 1073-1085 (1990)) are often used to induce iPS cells. ing. Co-culture with feeder cells may be started before contact with the nuclear reprogramming substance, or may be started at the time of contact or after the contact (for example, 1-10 days later).
 iPS細胞の候補コロニーの選択は、薬剤耐性とレポーター活性を指標とする方法と目視による形態観察による方法とが挙げられる。前者としては、例えば、分化多能性細胞において特異的に高発現する遺伝子(例えば、Fbx15、Nanog、Oct3/4など、好ましくはNanog又はOct3/4)の遺伝子座に、薬剤耐性遺伝子及び/又はレポーター遺伝子をターゲッティングした組換え体細胞を用い、薬剤耐性及び/又はレポーター活性陽性のコロニーを選択するというものである。そのような組換え体細胞としては、例えばFbx15遺伝子座にβgeo(β-ガラクトシダーゼとネオマイシンホスホトランスフェラーゼとの融合タンパク質をコードする)遺伝子をノックインしたマウス(Takahashi & Yamanaka, Cell, 126, 663-676 (2006))由来のMEFやTTF、或いはNanog遺伝子座に緑色蛍光タンパク質(GFP)遺伝子とピューロマイシン耐性遺伝子を組み込んだトランスジェニックマウス(Okita et al., Nature, 448, 313-317 (2007))由来のMEFやTTF等が挙げられる。一方、目視による形態観察で候補コロニーを選択する方法としては、例えばTakahashi et al., Cell, 131, 861-872 (2007)に記載の方法が挙げられる。レポーター細胞を用いる方法は簡便で効率的ではあるが、iPS細胞がヒトの治療用途を目的として作製される場合、安全性の観点から目視によるコロニー選択が望ましい。 The selection of iPS cell candidate colonies includes a method using drug resistance and reporter activity as indicators and a method using visual morphological observation. Examples of the former include a drug resistance gene and / or a gene locus that is specifically highly expressed in differentiated pluripotent cells (for example, Fbx15, Nanog, Oct3 / 4, etc., preferably Nanog or Oct3 / 4). A recombinant cell targeted with a reporter gene is used to select colonies that are drug resistant and / or reporter activity positive. Such recombinant cells include, for example, mice (Takahashi & Yamanaka, Cell, 126, 663-676) in which the βgeo (encoding a fusion protein of β-galactosidase and neomycin phosphotransferase) gene is knocked in at the Fbx15 locus. 2006)) derived from transgenic mice (Okita et al., Nature, 448, 313-317 (2007)) in which a green fluorescent protein (GFP) gene and a puromycin resistance gene are incorporated into the MEF or TTF or Nanog locus MEF, TTF, etc. On the other hand, examples of a method for selecting candidate colonies by visual morphological observation include the methods described in Takahashi et al., Cell, 131, 861-872-8 (2007). Although a method using a reporter cell is simple and efficient, when iPS cells are produced for the purpose of human therapeutic use, visual colony selection is desirable from the viewpoint of safety.
 選択されたコロニーの細胞がiPS細胞であることの確認は、上記したNanog(若しくはOct3/4)レポーター陽性(ピューロマイシン耐性、GFP陽性など)及び目視によるES細胞様コロニーの形成によっても行い得るが、より正確を期すために、アルカリフォスファターゼ染色や、各種ES細胞特異的遺伝子の発現を解析したり、選択された細胞をマウスに移植してテラトーマ形成を確認する等の試験を実施することもできる。 Confirmation that the cells of the selected colony are iPS cells can be performed by the above-mentioned Nanog (or Oct3 / 4) reporter positive (puromycin resistance, GFP positive, etc.) and visual formation of ES cell-like colonies. To be more accurate, tests such as alkaline phosphatase staining, expression of various ES cell-specific genes, and transplantation of selected cells to mice to confirm teratoma formation can also be performed. .
(h)iPS細胞の用途
 このようにして樹立されたiPS細胞は、種々の目的で使用することができる。例えば、ES細胞などの多能性幹細胞で報告されている分化誘導法(例えば、神経幹細胞への分化誘導法としては、特開2002-291469、膵幹様細胞への分化誘導法としては、特開2004-121165、造血細胞への分化誘導法としては、特表2003-505006に記載される方法などがそれぞれ例示される。この他にも、胚様体の形成による分化誘導法としては、特表2003-523766に記載の方法などが例示される。)を利用して、iPS細胞から種々の細胞(例、心筋細胞、血液細胞、神経細胞、血管内皮細胞、インスリン分泌細胞等)への分化を誘導することができる。したがって、患者本人やHLAの型が同一若しくは実質的に同一である他人から採取した体細胞を用いてiPS細胞を誘導すれば、そこから所望の細胞(即ち、該患者が罹病している臓器の細胞や疾患に対する治療効果を発揮する細胞など)に分化させて該患者に移植するという、自家移植による幹細胞療法が可能となる。さらに、iPS細胞から分化させた機能細胞(例、肝細胞)は、対応する既存の細胞株よりも実際の生体内での該機能細胞の状態をより反映していると考えられるので、医薬候補化合物の薬効や毒性のin vitroスクリーニング等にも好適に用いることができる。
(H) Use of iPS cells The iPS cells established in this way can be used for various purposes. For example, differentiation induction methods reported for pluripotent stem cells such as ES cells (eg, differentiation induction methods for neural stem cells are disclosed in JP-A-2002-291469, and differentiation induction methods for pancreatic stem-like cells are Examples of methods for inducing differentiation into hematopoietic cells include those described in JP-T-2003-505006, and other methods for inducing differentiation by formation of embryoid bodies. The method described in Table 2003-523766 is exemplified.) Differentiation from iPS cells into various cells (eg, cardiomyocytes, blood cells, nerve cells, vascular endothelial cells, insulin secreting cells, etc.) Can be induced. Therefore, if iPS cells are induced using somatic cells collected from the patient or another person with the same or substantially the same type of HLA, the desired cells (ie, the organs in which the patient is affected) Stem cell therapy by autotransplantation is possible, in which cells and cells that exhibit therapeutic effects on diseases are differentiated and transplanted into the patient. Furthermore, since functional cells differentiated from iPS cells (eg, hepatocytes) are considered to reflect the actual state of functional cells in vivo more than the corresponding existing cell lines, drug candidates It can also be suitably used for in vitro screening of the efficacy and toxicity of compounds.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をより具体的に説明するが、本発明がこれらに限定されないことは言うまでもない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples, but it goes without saying that the present invention is not limited thereto.
遺伝子導入
 マウスエコトロピックウイルスレセプターSlc7a1遺伝子を発現させた成人皮膚由来線維芽細胞(aHDF-Slc7a1)を既報の方法(Cell, 131, 861-872, 2007)に従って作製した。このaHDF-Slc7a1を3×105個/60mmディッシュの割合で蒔き、その翌日、上記刊行物に記載された方法に従ってpMXs-hOCT3/4、pMXs-hKLF4、pMXs-hSOX2及びpMXs-Hu-L-Myc(全てAddgeneより入手可能)を用いて作製したウイルス含有液で遺伝子導入を行った。
Transgenic mice ecotropic virus receptor Slc7a1 gene was expressed adult skin-derived fibroblasts (aHDF-Slc7a1) previously reported method (Cell, 131, 861-872, 2007 ) was prepared according to. This aHDF-Slc7a1 was sprinkled at a rate of 3 × 10 5 pieces / 60 mm dish, and the next day, pMXs-hOCT3 / 4, pMXs-hKLF4, pMXs-hSOX2 and pMXs-Hu-L- Gene transfer was performed with a virus-containing solution prepared using Myc (all available from Addgene).
薬剤の添加時期検討
 上記方法で得られた細胞へ遺伝子導入後1日目から5日目(d1-d5)、4日目から9日目(d4-d9)及び7日目から14日目(d7-d14)の間に、DMSO(基剤のみ)、10μMのフェネルジン(Sigma)及び各LSD1阻害剤(NCL-1(式I-1)、NCL-2(式I-2)、NCL-3(式I-3)及びNCL-4(式I-4);J. AM. CHEM. SOC. 131, 17536-17537, 2009)を培地へ添加した。
Examination of drug addition time 1st to 5th day (d1-d5), 4th to 9th day (d4-d9), and 7th to 14th day after gene transfer to cells obtained by the above method ( d7-d14), DMSO (base only), 10 μM phenelzine (Sigma) and each LSD1 inhibitor (NCL-1 (Formula I-1), NCL-2 (Formula I-2), NCL-3 (Formula I-3) and NCL-4 (Formula I-4); J. AM. CHEM. SOC. 131, 17536-17537, 2009) were added to the medium.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
 全ての条件において、遺伝子導入後6日目に細胞を新しいディッシュへ蒔き直した。遺伝子導入後25日から30日において、ES細胞様コロニー数の計測を行い、その結果を図1及び表1に示す。d7-d14において薬剤を添加する条件が最もコロニー形成効率を高くすることが確認された。 In all conditions, the cells were reseeded to a new dish on the 6th day after gene transfer. The number of ES cell-like colonies was measured from 25 to 30 days after gene introduction, and the results are shown in FIG. It was confirmed that the condition for adding the drug in d7-d14 has the highest colony formation efficiency.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
薬剤の濃度検討
 上記のとおり遺伝子導入して得られた細胞を遺伝子導入後6日目に新しいディッシュへ蒔き直し、遺伝子導入後7日目から14日目(d7-d14)の間に、1μMから500μMのフェネルジン及びNCL-3、又はDMSO、10μMのフェネルジン、NCL-1、NCL-2、NCL-3及びNCL-4を添加して培養した。遺伝子導入から30日目にES細胞様コロニー数及び非ES細胞様コロニー数を計測した。その結果を図2及び表2に示す。尚、500μMの添加ではいずれの薬剤においても細胞は死滅した。NCL-3では、1μM及び10μMの添加でコロニー形成数が高く、フェネルジンでは、50μM又は100μMの添加でコロニー形成数が高かった。
Examination of drug concentration Cells obtained by gene transfer as described above were repopulated on the 6th day after gene transfer to a new dish, and between 7 and 14 days (d7-d14) after gene transfer, 1 μM to 500 μM Phenelzine and NCL-3, or DMSO, 10 μM phenelzine, NCL-1, NCL-2, NCL-3 and NCL-4 were added and cultured. On the 30th day after gene transfer, the number of ES cell-like colonies and the number of non-ES cell-like colonies were counted. The results are shown in FIG. In addition, cells were killed with any drug when 500 μM was added. In NCL-3, the number of colonies formed was high by addition of 1 μM and 10 μM, and in phenelzine, the number of colonies formed was high by addition of 50 μM or 100 μM.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
 本発明を好ましい態様を強調して説明してきたが、好ましい態様が変更され得ることは当業者にとって自明であろう。本発明は、本発明が本明細書に詳細に記載された以外の方法で実施され得ることを意図する。したがって、本発明は添付の「請求の範囲」の精神及び範囲に包含されるすべての変更を含むものである。
 ここで述べられた特許及び特許出願明細書を含む全ての刊行物に記載された内容は、ここに引用されたことによって、その全てが明示されたと同程度に本明細書に組み込まれるものである。
 本出願は、2011年3月24日付で日本国に出願された特願2011-066827を基礎としており、その内容は全て、ここで言及することにより本明細書に包含される。
While the invention has been described with emphasis on preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the preferred embodiments can be modified. The present invention contemplates that the present invention may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described herein. Accordingly, this invention includes all modifications encompassed within the spirit and scope of the appended claims.
The contents of all publications, including the patents and patent application specifications mentioned herein, are hereby incorporated by reference herein to the same extent as if all were specified. .
This application is based on a patent application No. 2011-066827 filed in Japan on March 24, 2011, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
 本発明によれば、iPS細胞の樹立効率を顕著に向上させることができるので、従来樹立効率の低かったc-Mycを除く3因子によるヒトiPS細胞の誘導など、ヒトiPS細胞の細胞移植治療への応用に特に有用である。 According to the present invention, since the efficiency of iPS cell establishment can be remarkably improved, human iPS cell transplantation therapy such as induction of human iPS cells by three factors other than c-Myc, which has been low in the establishment efficiency, has been proposed. It is particularly useful for applications.

Claims (28)

  1.  核初期化工程において、式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
     Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
     R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
     R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
     Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
    で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物を体細胞に接触させることを含む、iPS細胞の樹立効率改善方法。
    In the nuclear initialization step, the formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (Where
    R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
    R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
    R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
    X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (Where
    R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
    R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
    R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
    Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
    A method for improving iPS cell establishment efficiency, which comprises contacting a somatic cell with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula: and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and prodrug thereof.
  2.  式(I)で表される化合物が、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    で表されるNCL-1、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    で表されるNCL-2、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    で表されるNCL-3、又は式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    で表されるNCL-4である、請求項1記載の方法。
    The compound represented by formula (I) is represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    NCL-1, represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    NCL-2 represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    NCL-3 represented by
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    The method according to claim 1, which is NCL-4 represented by:
  3.  式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、請求項1記載の方法。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
  4.  式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
     Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
     R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
     R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
     Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
    で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物を含有してなる、iPS細胞の樹立効率改善剤。
    Formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    (Where
    R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
    R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
    R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
    X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    (Where
    R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
    R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
    R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
    Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
    And an iPS cell establishment efficiency improving agent comprising at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and prodrug thereof.
  5.  式(I)で表される化合物が、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    で表されるNCL-1、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

    で表されるNCL-2、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

    で表されるNCL-3、又は式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

    で表されるNCL-4である、請求項4記載の剤。
    The compound represented by formula (I) is represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    NCL-1, represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

    NCL-2 represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

    NCL-3 represented by
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

    The agent of Claim 4 which is NCL-4 represented by these.
  6.  式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、請求項4記載の剤。 The agent according to claim 4, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
  7.  式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
     Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
     R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
     R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
     Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
    で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物と、核初期化物質とを、体細胞に接触させる工程を含む、iPS細胞の製造方法。
    Formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

    (Where
    R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
    R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
    R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
    X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

    (Where
    R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
    R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
    R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
    Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
    And a step of bringing a nuclear reprogramming substance into contact with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof: iPS cell production method.
  8.  式(I)で表される化合物が、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

    で表されるNCL-1、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

    で表されるNCL-2、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

    で表されるNCL-3、又は式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

    で表されるNCL-4である、請求項7記載の方法。
    The compound represented by formula (I) is represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

    NCL-1, represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

    NCL-2 represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

    NCL-3 represented by
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

    The method according to claim 7, which is NCL-4 represented by:
  9.  式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、請求項7記載の方法。 The method according to claim 7, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
  10.  核初期化物質が、Octファミリーのメンバー、Soxファミリーのメンバー、Klf4ファミリーのメンバー、Mycファミリーのメンバー、Linファミリーのメンバー及びNanog、並びにそれらをコードする核酸からなる群より選択される、請求項7~9のいずれか1項に記載の方法。 The nuclear reprogramming substance is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them. The method according to any one of 1 to 9.
  11.  核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4及びSox2、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、請求項7~9のいずれか1項に記載の方法。 The method according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4 and Sox2, or a nucleic acid encoding them.
  12.  核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4、Sox2並びにc-Myc若しくはL-Myc及び/又はNanog及び/又はLin28若しくはLin28B、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、請求項7~9のいずれか1項に記載の方法。 10. The nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4, Sox2, and c-Myc or L-Myc and / or Nanog and / or Lin28 or Lin28B, or a nucleic acid encoding them. The method described in 1.
  13.  式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
     Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
     R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
     R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
     Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
    で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物と、核初期化物質とを含有してなる、体細胞からのiPS細胞の誘導剤。
    Formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

    (Where
    R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
    R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
    R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
    X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

    (Where
    R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
    R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
    R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
    Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
    IPS from a somatic cell, comprising one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, and a nuclear reprogramming substance. Cell inducer.
  14.  式(I)で表される化合物が、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

    で表されるNCL-1、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

    で表されるNCL-2、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

    で表されるNCL-3、又は式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

    で表されるNCL-4である、請求項13記載の剤。
    The compound represented by formula (I) is represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

    NCL-1, represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

    NCL-2 represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

    NCL-3 represented by
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

    The agent of Claim 13 which is NCL-4 represented by these.
  15.  式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、請求項13記載の剤。 The agent according to claim 13, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
  16.  核初期化物質が、Octファミリーのメンバー、Soxファミリーのメンバー、Klf4ファミリーのメンバー、Mycファミリーのメンバー、Linファミリーのメンバー及びNanog、並びにそれらをコードする核酸からなる群より選択される、請求項13~15のいずれか1項に記載の剤。 14. The nuclear reprogramming agent is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them. The agent according to any one of 1 to 15.
  17.  核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4及びSox2、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、請求項13~15のいずれか1項に記載の剤。 The agent according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4 and Sox2, or a nucleic acid encoding them.
  18.  核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4、Sox2並びにc-Myc若しくはL-Myc及び/又はNanog及び/又はLin28若しくはLin28B、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、請求項13~15のいずれか1項に記載の剤。 The nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4, Sox2, and c-Myc or L-Myc and / or Nanog and / or Lin28 or Lin28B, or a nucleic acid that encodes them. The agent described in 1.
  19.  下記の工程:
    (1)請求項7~12のいずれか1項に記載の方法によりiPS細胞を製造する工程、及び(2)上記工程(1)で得られたiPS細胞に分化誘導処理を行い、体細胞に分化させる工程、
    を含む、体細胞の製造方法。
    The following steps:
    (1) a step of producing iPS cells by the method according to any one of claims 7 to 12, and (2) subjecting the iPS cells obtained in the above step (1) to differentiation induction treatment, Differentiation step,
    A method for producing somatic cells, comprising:
  20.  iPS細胞の樹立効率改善のための式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
     Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
     R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
     R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
     Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
    で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物の使用。
    Formula (I) for improving iPS cell establishment efficiency:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

    (Where
    R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
    R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
    R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
    X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

    (Where
    R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
    R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
    R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
    Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
    And one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
  21.  式(I)で表される化合物が、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

    で表されるNCL-1、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

    で表されるNCL-2、式

    で表されるNCL-3、又は式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

    で表されるNCL-4である、請求項20記載の使用。
    The compound represented by formula (I) is represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

    NCL-1, represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

    NCL-2 represented by the formula

    NCL-3 represented by
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

    21. Use according to claim 20, which is NCL-4 represented by
  22.  式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、請求項20記載の使用。 The use according to claim 20, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
  23.  iPS細胞の樹立効率改善のための式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は式-NHCO-R(式中、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアリールオキシ基、置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アルキルアミノ基、又は置換されていてもよいモノ-若しくはジ-アリールアミノ基を示す。)で表される基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基を示し、
     Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよい複素環基、又は置換されていてもよいアラルキル基を示し、
     Xは、O、NH、NHCO、CONH、S又はCHを示す。)及び式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

    (式中、
     Rは、水素原子、或いは、C1-4アルキル基、C1-3アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、フェニルアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンジオキシ基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる1~5個の置換基を示し、
     R’は、水素原子、C1-3アルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基又はアラルキル基を示し、
     R”は、水素原子、C1-6アルキル基、C1-6ヒドロキシアルキル基、C2-4アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいアラルキル基、C3-6シクロアルキル基、C2-4アルキニル基、チエニルメチル基又はピリジルメチル基を示し、
     Yは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖C2-5アルキレン基を示す。)
    で表される化合物並びにそれらの薬学上許容される塩、溶媒和物及びプロドラッグからなる群より選択される1以上の化合物の使用であって、該化合物を核初期化物質とともに体細胞に接触させることを特徴とする、使用。
    Formula (I) for improving iPS cell establishment efficiency:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

    (Where
    R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, or a formula —NHCO—R 4 (wherein R 4 is An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, a substituted A mono- or di-alkylamino group which may be substituted, or a mono- or di-arylamino group which may be substituted;
    R 2 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
    R 3 represents an alkyl group that may be substituted, an aryl group that may be substituted, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted, or an aralkyl group that may be substituted;
    X represents O, NH, NHCO, CONH, S or CH 2 . ) And formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

    (Where
    R is a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-3 alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and a halogen atom. Represents 5 substituents,
    R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-3 alkyl group, a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group,
    R ″ represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, C 3- 6 represents a cycloalkyl group, a C 2-4 alkynyl group, a thienylmethyl group or a pyridylmethyl group,
    Y represents a linear or branched C 2-5 alkylene group. )
    And one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, wherein the compound is contacted with a somatic cell together with a nuclear reprogramming substance. Use, characterized by letting
  24.  式(I)で表される化合物が、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

    で表されるNCL-1、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

    で表されるNCL-2、式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

    で表されるNCL-3、又は式
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

    で表されるNCL-4である、請求項23記載の使用。
    The compound represented by formula (I) is represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

    NCL-1, represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

    NCL-2 represented by the formula
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

    NCL-3 represented by
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

    24. Use according to claim 23, which is NCL-4 represented by
  25.  式(II)で表される化合物がフェネルジン(フェネチルヒドラジン)である、請求項23記載の使用。 The use according to claim 23, wherein the compound represented by the formula (II) is phenelzine (phenethylhydrazine).
  26.  核初期化物質が、Octファミリーのメンバー、Soxファミリーのメンバー、Klf4ファミリーのメンバー、Mycファミリーのメンバー、Linファミリーのメンバー及びNanog、並びにそれらをコードする核酸からなる群より選択される、請求項23~25のいずれか1項に記載の使用。 24. The nuclear reprogramming agent is selected from the group consisting of Oct family members, Sox family members, Klf4 family members, Myc family members, Lin family members and Nanog, and nucleic acids encoding them. The use according to any one of 1 to 25.
  27.  核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4及びSox2、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、請求項23~25のいずれか1項に記載の使用。 The use according to any one of claims 23 to 25, wherein the nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4 and Sox2, or a nucleic acid encoding them.
  28.  核初期化物質がOct3/4、Klf4、Sox2並びにc-Myc若しくはL-Myc及び/又はNanog及び/又はLin28若しくはLin28B、又はそれらをコードする核酸である、請求項23~25のいずれか1項に記載の使用。 The nuclear reprogramming substance is Oct3 / 4, Klf4, Sox2, and c-Myc or L-Myc and / or Nanog and / or Lin28 or Lin28B, or a nucleic acid that encodes them. Use as described in.
PCT/JP2012/057455 2011-03-24 2012-03-23 Agent for improving efficiency of generating induced pluripotent stem cells and efficient method for generating induced pluripotent stem cells by using same WO2012128343A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011066827A JP2012200185A (en) 2011-03-24 2011-03-24 Agent for improving efficiency of establishing induced pluripotent stem cell and method for efficiently establishing induced pluripotent stem cell using the same
JP2011-066827 2011-03-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012128343A1 true WO2012128343A1 (en) 2012-09-27

Family

ID=46879482

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2012/057455 WO2012128343A1 (en) 2011-03-24 2012-03-23 Agent for improving efficiency of generating induced pluripotent stem cells and efficient method for generating induced pluripotent stem cells by using same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2012200185A (en)
WO (1) WO2012128343A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014084298A1 (en) * 2012-11-28 2014-06-05 京都府公立大学法人 Lsd1-selective inhibitor having lysine structure

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3000903A (en) * 1959-09-15 1961-09-19 Lakeside Lab Inc Phenylalkylhydrazines and use as psychotherapeutics
WO2010143582A1 (en) * 2009-06-11 2010-12-16 公立大学法人名古屋市立大学 Phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives and lsd1 inhibitors

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3000903A (en) * 1959-09-15 1961-09-19 Lakeside Lab Inc Phenylalkylhydrazines and use as psychotherapeutics
WO2010143582A1 (en) * 2009-06-11 2010-12-16 公立大学法人名古屋市立大学 Phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives and lsd1 inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CULHANE, J.C. ET AL.: "Comparative analysis of small molecules and histone substrate analogues as LSD1 lysine demethylase inhibitors.", J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 132, no. 9, 10 March 2010 (2010-03-10), pages 3164 - 3176 *
LI, W. ET AL.: "Generation of human-induced pluripotent stem cells in the absence of exogenous Sox2.", STEM CELLS, vol. 27, no. 12, December 2009 (2009-12-01), pages 2992 - 3000 *
ZHOU, H. ET AL.: "Conversion of mouse epiblast stem cells to an earlier pluripotency state by small molecules.", J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 285, no. 39, 24 September 2010 (2010-09-24), pages 29676 - 29680, XP055052310, DOI: doi:10.1074/jbc.C110.150599 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2012200185A (en) 2012-10-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5765746B2 (en) Efficient method for establishing induced pluripotent stem cells
JP5553289B2 (en) New nuclear initialization material
JP5562231B2 (en) Efficient method for establishing induced pluripotent stem cells
JP5827220B2 (en) Method for improving the efficiency of establishment of induced pluripotent stem cells
JP5888753B2 (en) Efficient method for establishing induced pluripotent stem cells
JP6029137B2 (en) Efficient method for establishing induced pluripotent stem cells
WO2019107576A1 (en) Maintenance-and-amplification method and differentiation induction method for primordial germ cells/primordial germ cell—like cells
JP5773393B2 (en) Efficient method for establishing induced pluripotent stem cells
WO2012128343A1 (en) Agent for improving efficiency of generating induced pluripotent stem cells and efficient method for generating induced pluripotent stem cells by using same
WO2012141181A1 (en) Nuclear reprogramming substance
WO2013031826A1 (en) Nuclear reprogramming substance
WO2011055851A1 (en) Method of efficiently establishing induced pluripotent stem cells

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12761179

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12761179

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1